2009 370-z OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (2,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 4/ 1

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST— THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification will not be coveredunder the NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

Foreword

Black plate (3,1)


IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Black plate (4,1)


BLUETOOTH® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,U.S.A.

Gracenote® is a registered tra-demark of Gracenote, Inc. TheGracenote logo and logo type,and the “Powered by Gracenote”logo are trademarks of Grace-note.

XM Radio® requires a subscrip-tion, sold separately after the first90 days. It is not available inAlaska, Hawaii or Guam. Formore information, visitwww.xmradio.com.

*C 2009 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Black plate (5,1)


NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

— Your name, address, and telephone number

— Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

— Date of purchase

— Current odometer reading

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name

— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information onthe left at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Black plate (1,1)

Table ofContents

Model "Z34-D" Edited: 2009/ 3/ 30

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

Black plate (1,1)

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Exterior (NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

VQ37VHR engine model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

0 Illustrated table of contents

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (4,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0519

1. Seat belts (Page 1-8)— Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-36)

2. Head restraints (P.1-5)

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags (P.1-25)

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-25)

5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-25)

6. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-17)

7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)(P.1-31)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Black plate (5,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0594

1. Hood (P.3-16)

2. Headlight and turn signal— Operation (P.2-28)— Bulb replacement (P.8-24)

3. Windshield wiper and washer— Operation (P.2-26)— Maintenance (P.8-18)

4. Power windows (P.2-39)

5. Outside mirrors (P.3-24)

6. Recovery hook (P.6-13)

7. License plate installation (P.9-12)

8. Tires— Wheels and tires (P.8-27, P.9-8)— Flat tire (6-2)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(P.2-10, P.5-3)

9. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-13)

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Black plate (6,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0506

1. High-mounted stop light (bulb replacement)(P.8-24)

2. Rear window defroster (P.2-28)

3. Satellite antenna (if so equipped) (P.4-24)

4. Rear hatch— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-13)— Rear hatch release switch (P.3-17)

5. Rear fog light (if so equipped) (P.2-32)

6. Rear combination light (bulb replacement)(P.8-24)

7. Fuel-filler door— Operation (P.3-20)— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

EXTERIOR REAR


Black plate (7,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0585

For NISMO models, the vehicle parts listedbelow require special care or caution fortreating. Refer to the additional information ineach section.

1. Performance dampers (P.5-28)

2. Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter(P.3-19, P.6-13)

3. Side sill extensions (P.3-19)

4. Rear spoiler (P.3-18, P.7-3)

5. Exhaust pipes (P.3-19, P.6-13)

6. Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser(P.3-19, P.6-13)

EXTERIOR (NISMO models)


Black plate (8,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0520

1. Cargo cover (if so equipped) (P.2-38)

2. Secondary rear hatch release (P.3-18)

3. Power windows (P.2-39)— Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-24)

4. Sun visors (P.3-23)

5. Map light (P.2-42)

6. Inside rearview mirror— Operation (P.3-23)— HomeLink® (if so equipped) (P.2-44)

7. Rear parcel box (P.2-38)

8. Console box— Power outlet (P.2-35)— Auxiliary input jacks (P.4-44)— NISSAN iPod® Interface System(if so equipped) (P.4-46)

9. Front cup holders (P.2-36)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


Black plate (9,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0507

1. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.5-27)

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-28)

3. Meters and Gauges (combimeter) (P.2-4)

4. Triple meter (P.2-7)

5. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-26)

6. Hood release handle (P.3-16)

7. Intelligent Key port (P.5-9)

8. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-13)

9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)— ENTER or tuning switch (P.4-56)— BACK switch (P.4-56)— Phone switch (if so equipped) (P.4-58)— Volume control switches (P.4-56)— Source select switch (P.4-56)

10. Tilt steering lever (P.3-22)

11. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-33)— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-25)

12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-20)

13. Selector lever for automatic transmission (P.5-11)/Shift lever for manual transmission (P.5-15)

14. Parking brake (P.5-19)

COCKPIT


Black plate (10,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0508

1. Ventilator (P.4-16)

2. Center display and multi-function control panel(P.4-2)/Instrument pocket (P.2-36)— Navigation system* (if so equipped)— Vehicle information and setting buttons(if so equipped) (P.4-7)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) (P.4-58)

3. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-31)

4. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-25)

5. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)

6. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-7)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-32)

8. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) switch(if so equipped) (P.5-16)

9. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-17)— Rear window defroster switch (P.2-28)

10. Audio system (P.4-23)

11. Power outlet (P.2-35)

12. Glove box (P.2-37)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL


Black plate (11,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0509

1. ENTER/NEXT switch (P.2-19)

2. Fuel gauge (P.2-6)

3. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-8)

4. Tachometer (P.2-5)

5. Speedometer (P.2-5)

6. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-31)

7. Vehicle information display (P.2-15)

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-6)

9. Transmission position indicator (if so equipped)(P.2-12)— SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indicator(if so equipped) (P.5-16)

SSI0521

10. Odometer/Twin trip odometer control knob (P.2-5)

11. Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-5)

12. Engine oil temperature gauge (P.2-7)

13. Voltmeter (P.2-7)

14. Clock (P.2-7, P.2-22)

METERS AND GAUGES


Black plate (12,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0510

VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)

2. Battery (P.8-14)

3. Radiator filler cap (P.8-8)

4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)

5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)

6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

7. Clutch fluid reservoir (Manual Transmission mod-els) (P.8-12)

8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

9. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

10. Air cleaner (P.8-18)

11. Drive belts (P.8-16)

12. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


Black plate (13,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (14,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (4,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Three-point type seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Top tether strap child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . 1-18

Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Booster seat installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . 1-25NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . . 1-36Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38

Black plate (16,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly. See “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” later in thissection.

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

. When adjusting the seat positions,be sure not to contact any movingparts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Black plate (17,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

SSS0928

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch *1 forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch *2 backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch *2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section.) The seatback mayalso be reclined to allow occupants to rest when

the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position withthe parking brake fully applied.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Black plate (18,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0394

Front manual seat adjustment

Forward and backward:

Pull the lever up *1 while you slide the seatforward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

Reclining:

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up*2 andlean back. To bring the seatback forward again,pull the lever and move your body forward. Theseatback will move forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seat

belt fit. See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE” later in this section. The seatback mayalso be reclined to allow occupants to rest whenthe vehicle is stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position withthe parking brake fully applied.

SPA1715

Seat lifter (if so equipped)Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height ofthe seat cushion to the desired position.


Black plate (19,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0684

Lumbar support (if so equipped)The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Move the lever *1 up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, install and properly ad-just the head restraint before an occu-pant uses the seating position. Failureto follow these instructions can reducethe effectiveness of the head restraints.This may increase the risk of seriousinjury or death in a collision.

SSS1007

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.


Black plate (20,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0992

Components1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS0997

AdjustmentAdjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.


Black plate (21,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

SSS0995

RemovalUse the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

SSS0996

Install1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes

in the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob *2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.


Black plate (22,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0508

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly asdescribed earlier in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SEAT BELTS


Black plate (23,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the proper


Black plate (24,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

buckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the

retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly.

Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0016

SSS0014


Black plate (25,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Front-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints and are at least 1 yearold. Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front facing child restraint.

WARNING

Children need special protection. Thevehicle’s seat belts may not fit them

properly. The shoulder belt may cometoo close to the face or neck. The lapbelt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. (See“CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in this section.)

Also, there are other types of child restraintsavailable for larger children for additional pro-tection.

InfantsInfants up to at least one year old should beplaced in a rear facing child restraint. Thepassenger seat is not suitable for use with arear facing child restraint for infants. Therefore,infants should not be transported in this vehicle.

Small childrenChildren that are over one year old and weigh atleast 20 lb (9 kg) can be placed in a forwardfacing child restraint. Refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions for minimum and maximum weightand height recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided. The seat belt may notfit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5cm) tall and weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and80 lb (36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in acommercially available booster seat if theshoulder belt in the child’s seating position fitsclose to the face or neck or if the lap portion ofthe seat belt goes across the abdomen. Thebooster seat should raise the child so that theshoulder belt is properly positioned across thetop, middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. A booster seat can onlybe used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.


Black plate (26,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is moving.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident or sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist, andplace the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “SEATS” earlier in this

section.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

. The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.


Black plate (27,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract toallow the driver and passengers some freedom

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later inthis section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.


Black plate (28,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and

restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS0588

Shoulder belt armBefore fastening the seat belt, pull the shoulderbelt arm forward until it clicks at the lockposition.

Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy accessto the belt.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available that iscompatible with the installed seat belts. Theextender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See a NISSAN


Black plate (29,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

dealer for assistance if the extender is required.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with theNISSAN seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

. To clean the seat belt webbings, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

SSS0099

SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Black plate (30,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

. Children should always be placed inan appropriate child restraint whileriding in the vehicle. Failure to use achild restraint can result in seriousinjury or death.

. Children should never be carried onyour lap. It is not possible for eventhe strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. Thechild could be crushed between theadult and parts of the vehicle. Also,do not put the same seat beltaround both your child and yourself.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating supplementalfront air bag could seriously injureor kill your child.

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a child restraint can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to serious

injury or death in an accident.

. Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use. When purchasinga child restraint, be sure to selectone which will fit your child andvehicle. It may not be possible toproperly install some types of childrestraints in your vehicle.

. If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child restraint,but as upright as possible.

. After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child init. Push it from side to side whileholding the seat by the seat beltpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm) from

side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds therestraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. Youmay need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

. When your child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat beltto prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a lap/shoulderseat belt.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forchildren of various sizes. When selecting anychild restraint, keep the following points in mind:


Black plate (31,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

The passenger seat is not suitable for use with arear facing child restraint for infants. Therefore,infants should not be transported in this vehicle.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on front facing childrestraints to be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0929

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINT

If the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, it mustbe secured to an anchor point.

WARNING

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or thatcontacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strap duringa collision. Your child could beseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locationThe Anchor point is located on the floor of thecargo room.

Installing top tether strapFirst, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.

Flip down the flap marked with a label as shownin the illustration. Position the top tether strapover the top of the seatback and secure it to thetether anchor bracket that provides the straight-est installation. Tighten the strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint, consultyour NISSAN dealer for details.


Black plate (32,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Supplemental frontair bags inflate with great force. Arear-facing child restraint could bestruck by the supplemental front airbag in a crash and could seriouslyinjure or kill your child.

. The three-point seat belt in yourvehicle is equipped with an Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) whichmust be used when installing a childrestraint.

. Failure to use the ALR will result inthe child restraint not being prop-erly secured. The restraint could tipover or otherwise be unsecured andcause injury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

The instructions in this section apply to childrestraint installation using the vehicle seat beltsin the front passenger seat.

SSS0640Front-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belt in the frontpassenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in this vehicle.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.


Black plate (33,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. (See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in thissection.)

If the head restraint is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to install the headrestraint when the child restraint is removed.

SSS0360BFront-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

SSS0651Front-facing — step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


Black plate (34,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.


6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. (See “TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT” earlier in this section.)


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theseat belt path. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, you may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.


Black plate (35,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

9. Check that the retractor is in the ALR modeby trying to pull more seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot pull any more beltwebbing out of the retractor, the retractor isin the ALR mode.

10. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 8.


11. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” later in this section.Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0099

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

. Children should always be placed inan appropriate child restraint whileriding in the vehicle. Failure to use achild restraint or booster seat canresult in serious injury or death.

. Children should never be carried onyour lap. It is not possible for eventhe strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. Thechild could be crushed between theadult and parts of the vehicle. Also,

BOOSTER SEATS


Black plate (36,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

do not put the same seat beltaround both your child and yourself.

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use athree-point type seat belt with abooster seat can result in a seriousinjury in sudden stop or collision.

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a booster seat can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to seriousinjury or death in an accident.

. Do not use towels, books, pillows orother items in place of a boosterseat. Items such as these may moveduring normal driving or a collisionand result in serious injury or death.Booster seats are designed to beused with a lap/shoulder belt. Boos-ter seats are designed to properlyroute the lap and shoulder portionsof the seat belt over the strongestportions of a child’s body to providethe maximum protection during acollision.

. Follow all of the booster seat man-ufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use. When purchasing abooster seat, be sure to select onewhich will fit your child and vehicle.It may not be possible to properlyinstall some types of booster seatsin your vehicle.

. If the booster seat and seat belt isnot used properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a collision or asudden stop greatly increases.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the booster seat,but as upright as possible.

. After placing the child in the boosterseat and fastening the seat belt,make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the abdomen.

. Do not put the shoulder belt behindthe child or under the child’s arm. Ifyou must install a booster seat inthe front seat, see “BOOSTER SEATINSTALLATION” later in this section.

. When your booster seat is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat belt

to prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the boosterseat.


Black plate (37,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

SSS0363

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

LRS0454

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the front passenger seat.


Black plate (38,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor mode whenusing a booster seat with the seat belts.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in thefront passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, adjust the seatback so thatit is upright and then move the seat tothe rearmost position. Do not move theseat with the booster seat attached toit.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0454

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct booster seatfit. (See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in thissection.) If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint when the booster seat isremoved.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.


Black plate (39,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in the “THREE-POINT TYPE SEATBELT” earlier in this section.

SSS0988

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. (See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” later inthis section.)

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the driver and passenger front impactsupplemental air bags (NISSAN Advanced AirBag System), front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system, roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental air bag andseat belt with pretensioners.

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest and pelvisarea of the driver and front passenger in certainside impact collisions. The front seat side-impact supplemental air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The curtain air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


Black plate (40,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “SEAT BELTS” earlier in thissection for instructions and precautions on seatbelt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SSS0131B

SSS0132B


Black plate (41,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the supplemental front air bagif you are up against it when it

inflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far-away as prac-tical from the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Always use theseat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags. Failure toproperly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside

the steering wheel rim could in-crease the risk of injury if thesupplemental front air bag inflates.


Black plate (42,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Black plate (43,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain air bags inflate ifthey are not properly restrained.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier inthis section for details.

SSS0059A

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental airbags:

. The front seat-mounted side-impactair bags and roof-mounted curtainair bags ordinarily will not inflate inthe event of a frontal impact, rearimpact, rollover or lower severityside collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kinds


Black plate (44,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

of accidents.

. The seat belts, side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagand curtain air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats to extendtheir hand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0680

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front air bag modules (NISSANAdvanced Air Bags)

3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bags

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bag inflators

5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags

6. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

7. Occupant classification system control unit

8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

9. Satellite sensors

10. Seat belt with pretensioner


Black plate (45,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thefront passenger supplemental front-impact airbag is mounted in the instrument panel abovethe glove box. The front air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not inflate incertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lackof it) is not always an indication of proper frontair bag operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, the Airbag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckleswitches and the occupant classification sensor(pattern sensor). Inflator operation is based onthe severity of a collision and seat belt usage forthe driver. For the front passenger, the occupantclassification sensor is also monitored. Based

on information from the sensors, only one frontair bag may inflate in a crash, depending on thecrash severity and whether the front occupantsare belted or unbelted. Additionally, the frontpassenger air bag may be automatically turnedOFF under some conditions, depending on theinformation provided by the occupant classifica-tion sensor. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,the passenger air bag status light will beilluminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the lightwill not be illuminated, but the air bag will be off).(See “Front passenger air bag and status light”later in this section for further details.) One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improperperformance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact a NISSAN dealer. If you areconsidering modification of your vehicle due to adisability, you may also contact a NISSANdealer. Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can help

save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The supplemental front air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.


Black plate (46,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0988Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Status light:

The front passenger air bag status light islocated above the ashtray. The light operates asfollows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The isOFF and the front passenger air bag is OFFand will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The illuminates to indicate thatthe front passenger air bag is OFF and willnot inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as describedbelow as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, such

as children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause thesensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

The occupant classification sensor is designedto operate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestrains and to use the ALR mode (child


Black plate (47,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

restraint mode) may allow the restraint to tip ormove in an accident or sudden stop. This canalso result in the passenger air bag inflating in acrash instead of being OFF. (See “CHILDRESTRAINTS” earlier in this section for properuse and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of the

child and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe passenger air bag status light is notilluminated (indicating that the air bag mightinflate in a crash), it could be that the childrestraint or seat belt is not being used properly.Make sure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly and theoccupant is positioned properly. If the passen-ger air bag status light is still not illuminated, trya different child restraint.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, do not transporta child in this vehicle.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the passengerseat status. However, if the seat becomesunoccupied, the air bag status light will remainoff.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areawill blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in serious


Black plate (48,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

personal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage tothe supplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the front air bagsystem may result in serious perso-nal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly byplacing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result in

serious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupantclassification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorized elec-trical test equipment and probing

devices should not be used on theair bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

. The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.


Black plate (49,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSS0953

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS-TEMS

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain airbags are located in the side roof rails. Thesesystems are designed to meet voluntary guide-lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity side

collisions, although they may inflate if the forcesin another type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity side impact. They are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side air bagand curtain air bag operation.

When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvis of the front occupants. Curtain airbags help to cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingside air bags and curtain air bags may causeabrasions or other injuries. Side air bags andcurtain air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bag, and seated

as far away as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags and curtainair bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe out-of-position occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bags and curtain airbags inflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, these airbag modules during inflation. The side air bagsand curtain air bags will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.

The side air bags and curtain air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.


Black plate (50,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Right after inflation, several side airbags and curtain air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent acciden-tal inflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag or damage to side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seats by placing material nearthe seatback or by installing addi-tional trim material, such as seatcovers, around the side air bags.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag systems shouldbe done by a NISSAN dealer. In-

stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by a NISSANdealer. The SRS wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side-impact air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses connectorsare yellow and orange for easy identi-fication.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems and guide the buyer tothe appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but a pretensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepretensioner system checked and, if

necessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of thepretensioner or scrap the vehicle,contact a NISSAN dealer. Correctpretensioner disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-tion with the front air bag system. Working with


Black plate (51,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seatbelt when the vehicle becomes involved incertain types of collisions, helping to restrainfront seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner seat belt activates, smokeis released and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful, and it does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

If any abnormality occurs in the pretensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittently orwill turn on for 7 seconds and remain on afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to the ONposition. In this case, the pretensioner systemmay not function properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the seat belt preten-sioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate

sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0930

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag and front seat-mounted side-impact air bag are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.

*1 SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on the surface ofthe sun visors.

*2 SRS side-impact air bagThe warning label is located on the side of thepassenger’s side center pillar.


Black plate (52,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-plemental air bag, and seat belt pretensionersystems. The monitored circuits include the Airbag Control Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crashzone sensor, occupant classification system,front air bag modules, side air bag modules,curtain air bag modules, pretensioners and allrelated wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on approximately 7 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems maynot operate properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have your

vehicle checked by a dealer as soon aspossible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bagsand pretensioners are designed to activate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill remain illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of these sys-tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags, pretensioners and related parts shouldbe pointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition switch should alwaysbe in the LOCK position when working underthe hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,if any of the front air bags inflate,the activated pretensioner mustalso be replaced. The air bag mod-ule and pretensioner system should


Black plate (53,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

be replaced by a NISSAN dealer.The air bag module and preten-sioner system cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain air bag systems and thepretensioner system should be in-spected by a NISSAN dealer if thereis any damage to the front end orside portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of thesupplemental air bag or preten-sioner systems or scrap the vehicle,contact a NISSAN dealer. Correctsupplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner system disposal pro-cedures are set forth in the appro-priate NISSAN Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.


Black plate (54,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (7,1)

2 Instruments and controls

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Triple meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . 2-8Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Indicators for operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Warnings and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Fog light switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Instrument pocket (except for navigation systemequipped models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Rear parcel box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Cargo room light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . 2-44

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Black plate (8,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . 2-46If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Black plate (56,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0507

1. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(P.5-27)

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-28)

3. Meters and Gauges (combimeter) (P.2-4)

4. Triple meter (P.2-7)

5. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-26)

6. Hood release handle (P.3-16)

7. Intelligent Key port (P.5-9)

8. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-13)

9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)— ENTER or tuning switch (P.4-56)— BACK switch (P.4-56)— Phone switch (if so equipped) (P.4-58)— Volume control switches (P.4-56)— Source select switch (P.4-56)

10. Tilt steering lever (P.3-22)

11. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-33)— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-25)

12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-20)

13. Selector lever for automatic transmission (P.5-11)/Shift lever for manual transmission (P.5-15)

14. Parking brake (P.5-19)

COCKPIT

2-2 Instruments and controls

Black plate (57,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0508

1. Ventilator (P.4-16)

2. Center display and multi-function control panel(P.4-2)/Instrument pocket (P.2-36)— Navigation system* (if so equipped)— Vehicle information and setting buttons(if so equipped) (P.4-7)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) (P.4-58)

3. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-31)

4. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-25)

5. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)

6. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-7)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-32)

8. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) switch(if so equipped) (P.5-16)

9. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-17)— Rear window defroster switch (P.2-28)

10. Audio system (P.4-23)

11. Power outlet (P.2-35)

12. Glove box (P.2-37)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Instruments and controls 2-3

Black plate (58,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0509

1. ENTER/NEXT switch (P.2-19)

2. Fuel gauge (P.2-6)

3. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-8)

4. Tachometer (P.2-5)

5. Speedometer (P.2-5)

6. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-31)

7. Vehicle information display (P.2-15)

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-6)

9. Transmission position indicator (if so equipped)(P.2-12)— SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indicator(if so equipped) (P.5-16)

SSI0521

10. Odometer/Twin trip odometer control knob (P.2-5)

11. Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-5)

12. Engine oil temperature gauge (P.2-7)

13. Voltmeter (P.2-7)

14. Clock (P.2-7, P.2-22)

METERS AND GAUGES


Black plate (59,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3973

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer *1 and twin trip odometer *2are displayed when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET knob *3changes the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET knob*3 for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.

SIC3974

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone *1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.


Black plate (60,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3975

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge points within thezone *1 shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the en-gine. See “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATS” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for immediate action required.

SIC3976

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the amount offuel in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon asit is convenient, preferably before the gaugereaches “E”. There will be a small reserve of fuelin the tank when the fuel gauge reaches “E”.


Black plate (61,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soonas possible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”later in this section.

SIC4003Triple meter

1. Engine oil temperature gauge

2. Voltmeter

3. Clock

TRIPLE METER

Engine oil temperature gaugeIf the engine oil temperature gauge *1indicates more than 2808F (1408C) whiledriving, reduce the engine speed (RPM)and drive at a slow speed.

When the engine oil temperature is high,the engine protection mode, which helpsreduce the chance of engine damage,could activate and automatically decreaseengine power. Driving while the engine oil

temperature is high may result in enginedamage.

VoltmeterWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the volt meter*2 indicates the batteryvoltage. When the engine is running, it indicatesthe generator voltage.

While cranking the engine, the volts drop belowthe normal range. If the needle is not in thenormal range (11 to 15 volts) while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the charging systemis not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

ClockIf necessary, adjust the clock *3 on the settingscreen of the vehicle information display. (See“CLOCK” later in this section.)

If the power supply is disconnected, the clockwill not indicate the correct time. Readjust thetime.


Black plate (62,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Master warning light Rear fog light indicator light*

Automatic transmission check warning light* Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light

Brake warning light

Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Transmission position indicator* Small light indicator light

Charge warning light Cruise indicator light*SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indi-cator*

Engine oil pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Intelligent Key system warning light High beam indicator light (blue)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

*: if so equipped

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand push the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on (if so equipped):

, or , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the vehicle information display. (See“VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” later inthis section.)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


Black plate (63,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. (See “BRAKE SYSTEM” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

Automatic transmission checkwarning light (if so equipped)

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the light comes on for 2 seconds. If thelight comes on at any other time, it may indicatethe transmission is not functioning properly.Have your NISSAN dealer check and repairthe transmission.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. (See “BRAKE AND CLUTCHFLUID” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate

the ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”earlier in this section.)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.


Black plate (64,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see aNISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil

pressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key system warning light

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2 secondsand then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theelectrical steering lock system or the IntelligentKey system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to free thesteering lock or to start the engine. If the lightcomes on while the engine is running, you candrive the vehicle. However in these cases,contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon aspossible.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not

functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warninglight does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section and “TIREPRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch ispushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1


Black plate (65,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

minute. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low

tire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates while driv-ing after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after the 1 minute. Con-tact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operate

correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified sizeof tires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/rear hatch open warning

See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” laterin this section.

Seat belt warning light and chime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.


Black plate (66,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the front air bag, sideair bag and curtain air bag systems and/orpretensioner system are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systemsand/or pretensioner system need servicing, andyour vehicle must be taken to your nearestNISSAN dealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint Systems and/or the pretensioner seatbelt may not function properly.

For additional information, see “SUPPLEMEN-TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag and curtain air bagsystems and/or pretensioner systemwill not operate in an accident. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by a dealer assoon as possible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Transmission position indicator(if so equipped)

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the indicator shows the transmissionposition. (See “DRIVING THE VEHICLE” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

Cruise indicator light

Cruise main switch indicator:

This light illuminates when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light turns off whenthe main switch is pushed again. When thecruise main switch indicator light illuminates, thecruise control system is operational. (See“CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Cruise malfunction:

If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See“CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status light ( ),located on the center of the instrument panel,will be lit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)” in the “1. Safety —


Black plate (67,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light (blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also come onsteady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, orif the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 USgallons (14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US

only)” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section.)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will come on inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. Ifthe fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light does notturn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. Youdo not need to have your vehicle towed tothe dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.

d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Rear fog light indicator light (if soequipped)

The rear fog light indicator light illuminates whenthe rear fog light is on. (See “FOG LIGHTSWITCH” later in this section.)

Security indicator light

The light blinks when the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. This functionindicates the security system equipped on thevehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, this light


Black plate (68,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

will remain on while the ignition switch is in theON position. For additional information, see“SECURITY SYSTEMS” later in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver to the fact that the roadsurface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing itstraction limits.

Small light indicator light

The light illuminates when the headlight switch isturned to the position.

SynchroRev match mode(S-MODE) indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator will illuminate when the SynchroR-ev match mode (S-MODE) is activated. (“Syn-chroRev Match mode (S-MODE) (if so equippedfor Manual Transmission models)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

The light comes on when the vehicle dynamiccontrol off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the vehicle dynamic controlsystem and traction control system are notoperating. When the vehicle dynamic controloff indicator light and slip indicator light come onwith the vehicle dynamic control system turnedon, this light alerts the driver to the fact that thevehicle dynamic control system’s fail-safe modeis operating, for example the vehicle dynamiccontrol system may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.If an abnormality occurs in the system, thevehicle dynamic control system function will becanceled but the vehicle is still driveable. Foradditional information, see “VEHICLE DYNAMICCONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the “5. Startingand driving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in theIntelligent Key port. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, and takethe Intelligent Key with you when leaving the

vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the orposition and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFFor LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake padthe sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.


Black plate (69,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3977

The vehicle information display *1 displays thewarnings and information.

SIC3991

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the selector lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will start by

pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed.

2. Steering lock release malfunctionindicatorThis indicator appears when the steering wheelcannot be released from the LOCK position.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


Black plate (70,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If this indicator appears, push the push-buttonignition switch while lightly turning the steeringwheel right and left.

3. Key insertion indicatorThis indicator appears when the key needs to beinserted into the key port.

If this indicator appears, insert the key into thekey port in the correct direction. (See “PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.)

4. Key removal indicatorThis indicator appears when the driver’s door isopened with the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and the key placed in the keyport. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove the key from thekey port and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

5. NO KEY warningThis warning appears in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

The warning appears when the door is closedwith the key left outside the vehicle and theignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Makesure that the key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered key:

The warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed from the LOCK position and the keycannot be recognized by the system. You cannotstart the engine with an unregistered key. Usethe registered key.

See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section formore details.

6. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed to stop the engine with the selector leverin any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

7. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the selector lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with the ignitionswitch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P”warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the selectorlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned to OFF)

8. Key battery discharge indicatorThis indicator appears when the key battery isrunning out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.)

9. Engine start operation indicator(Manual Transmission models)This indicator means that the engine will start bypushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedaldepressed.


Black plate (71,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC4027

WARNINGS AND ALERTS

1. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake isapplied.

2. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (E) position.

3. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.(See “WINDOW WASHER FLUID” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

4. Door/rear hatch open warning (ignitionswitch is in the ON position)This warning appears if any of the doors and/orthe rear hatch are open or not closed securely.The vehicle icon indicates which door is open onthe display.

5. “Time to rest” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set “time torest” indicator activates. You can set the time forup to 6 hours. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” later inthis section.)

6. Low outside temperature warningThis warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 378F (38C). The warning can be set notto be displayed. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” laterin this section.)

7. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE)warningThis warning appears if a system malfunction


Black plate (72,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

occurs. When the warning appears, the S-MODE function will not operate, but the manualtransmission will operate normally and drivingcan be continued. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

SIC4031

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor changing the engine oil. You can set or resetthe distance for changing the engine oil. (See“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing the oil filter. You can set or resetthe distance for replacing the oil filter. (See“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)

3. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing tires. You can set or reset thedistance for replacing tires. (See “TRIP COM-PUTER” later in this section.)

4. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set time comesfor replacing items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. You can set or reset the distancefor replacing the items. (See “TRIP COMPU-TER” later in this section.)

More maintenance reminders are also availableon the center display. (See “HOW TO USEINFO BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section.)


Black plate (73,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3978

TRIP COMPUTER

Switches for the trip computer are located onthe left side of the combination meter panel. Tooperate the trip computer, push the switches asshown above.

*A ENTER switch

*B NEXT switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, modes of the trip computer can beselected by pushing the switch *A .

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuelconsumption and speed ? Elapsed time andtrip odometer ? Distance to empty ? Outsideair temperature ? Setting ? Warning check

SIC3673

Current fuel consumption (MPG or l(liter)/100 km)The current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption.


Black plate (74,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3674

Average fuel consumption (MPG or l(liter)/100 km) and speed (MPH or km/h)

Fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the switch*Bfor longer than 1 second. (The average speed isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

Speed:

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting isdone by pushing the switch *B for longerthan 1 second. (The average fuel consumption isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Thefirst 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows“——”.

SIC3675

Elapsed time and trip odometer (MILESor km)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing the switch *B for longer than1 second. (The trip odometer is also reset at thesame time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing theswitch *B for longer than 1 second. (Theelapsed time is also reset at the same time.)


Black plate (75,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3676

Distance to empty (MILES or km)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch is

pushed to the OFF position may continue tobe displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

SIC4037

Outside air temperature (8F or 8C)The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or8C in the range of −22 to 1318F (−30 to 558C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a lowtemperature warning feature. If the outside airtemperature is below 378F (38C), the warning“ICY” is displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions andother driving conditions. The display may differfrom the actual outside temperature or thetemperature displayed on various signs or bill-boards.


Black plate (76,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3992

SettingSetting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on thevehicle information display.

The switch *A and switch *B areused in the setting mode to select and decide amenu.

SKIP:

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch*B to select other menus.

ALERT:

Alert menu can be set to notify the followingitems.

. UPSHIFT

Select this submenu to set the engine speed(RPM) of the upshift indicator. (See “Upshiftindicator (if so equipped for Manual Trans-mission models)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

. TIMER

Select this submenu to specify when the“TIME TO REST” indicator activates.

. ICY

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,select “BACK”.

CLOCK:

Clock adjustment can be set on this menu.

. SETTING

Adjust the time (hour and minute) of theclock on the triple meter.

. RESET

Select this submenu to set the time quickly

to the nearest previous or next hour.

MAINTENANCE:

The maintenance intervals of the following itemscan be set or reset for the reminders.

. ENGINE OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. OIL FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires.


OPTIONS:

The 3 option menus can be set to yourpreference.


Black plate (77,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English orFrench for display.

. UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unit fromMPG or l/100 km.

. EFFECTS

Select this menu to set the dial effectsdescribed below to on or off.

— The indicator needles sweep in themeters when the engine is started.


SIC3993

Warning checkTo see if there are any of the following warningsand corresponding details, select this menu.

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/rear hatch open warning

SKIP:

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch*B to select other menus.

DETAIL:

This item is available only when a warning isdisplayed.

Select this menu to see the details of warnings.


Black plate (78,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC2132

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,hood or rear hatch when the system is armed. Itis not, however, a motion detection type systemthat activates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s)in the vehicle, and always lock it when un-attended. Be aware of your surroundings, andpark in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle security system1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and rear hatch. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle request switch,power door lock switch or mechanical key.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehicle

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Black plate (79,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

security system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch ispushed to ACC or ON, the system will notarm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood and rear hatch lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the rearhatch without using the button on the

Intelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch or the mechanical key. (Even if thedoor is opened by releasing the door insidelock knob, the alarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key,the door handle request switch or using themechanical key. The alarm will not stop if theignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Intelligent Key. Never leave thesekeys in the vehicle.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY - CARD SLOT)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da. Operation is subject to the following

two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTYRESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.


Black plate (80,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was inthe LOCK position. This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

service as soon as possible. Please bringall Intelligent Keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Black plate (81,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

SIC3787

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *A(Slower) or *B (Faster).When the speed sensing wiper intervalfunction (for models with navigation system)is turned on, the intermittent operationspeed varies in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (For example, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent operationspeed will be faster.)Note that the function is set to disabled as

the factory default setting. To turn thisfunction on and off, see “HOW TO USESETTING BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section.

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.


Black plate (82,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3979Type A

To defog/defrost the rear window glass, start theengine and push the switch *1 on. Theindicator light*2 will come on. Push the switchagain to turn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

SIC3980Type B

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turn

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Black plate (83,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

off the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon head-lights is not reduced.

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.

SIC3994

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

SIC3995

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position *1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlights


Black plate (84,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

automatically when it is dark and turn off theheadlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you push the ignition switch toOFF and open any door then close all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting, see“Auto Headlights Off Delay” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section.

SIC3784A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor*A located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

SIC3996

Headlight beam select

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the head-light switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the orposition and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFFor LOCK position.


Black plate (85,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the lights will automatically turn off 5minutes after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights automaticallyturn off, the lights will turn on when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lights

operate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC3981

Instrument brightness controlThe instrument brightness control operateswhen the headlight control switch is in the

, or AUTO position (with the autolightsactivated).

Push the upper *A or lower *B switch tobrighten or dim the instrument panel lights whendriving at night.


Black plate (86,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3997

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

*1 Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

SIC3998

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

To turn the rear fog light on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn it off, turn the switchto the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog light tooperate.

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazardto other traffic.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH


Black plate (87,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

SIC3982

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Black plate (88,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC2770

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center console canbe operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select the desired heat range.

. For high heat, push the HI side of theswitch *1 .

. For low heat, push the LO side of theswitch *2 .

. The indicator light *3 will illuminatewhen the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure that the

indicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

SIC4004

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VEHICLEDYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH


Black plate (89,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3984Center console

SIC3985Lower glove box

The power outlet is located in the center consoleand on the lower glove box.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water to

contact the outlet.

POWER OUTLET


Black plate (90,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3987

INSTRUMENT POCKET (except for na-vigation system equipped models)

To open the lid, push the knob up *1 .

To close, push the lid down.

WARNING

Keep the pocket lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3986

Two cup holders are attached to the centerconsole.

To use the cup holder located in the centerconsole box, push the button *1 and open thelid.

STORAGE


Black plate (91,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3988

Soft bottle holder

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for anyother objects that could be thrownabout in the vehicle and possiblyinjure people during sudden brakingor an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.

SIC3999

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,see “KEYS” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

SIC4000

CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box, push the button *1and pull up the lid. To store large items, thepartition *2 can be removed and stored asillustrated. The inner tray *3 can also beremoved for larger items.

To close, push the lid down until latched.


Black plate (92,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3989

REAR PARCEL BOX

The rear parcel box is located behind the right-side seat.

To open the rear parcel box, pull the upper partof the lid to position *1 or *2 .

To remove the rear parcel box, pull the lid toposition *3 with a greater force until itunlatches. And then, pull the rear parcel box todirection *4 .

To install, make sure the two hinges of the rearparcel box engaged with the holders, thenperform the steps above in the reverse order.

WARNING

Keep the rear parcel box lid closedwhile driving to help prevent injury in anaccident or a sudden stop.

SIC4026

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargoarea hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang bothsides on the hooks *1 located on the inside ofthe rear hatch.


Black plate (93,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3990

To remove the cargo cover unit, stow the coverand pull the holder *2 to the opposite side.

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not place

cargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint top tether strap is da-maged.

— If the cargo cover contacts thetop tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is notremoved, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision.

— Do not allow cargo to contactthe top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether an-chor. Properly secure the cargoso it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is notproperly secured or that con-tacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strapduring a collision.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF position. If the driver’s or frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

WINDOWS


Black plate (94,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3286

Main power window switch (driver’sside)1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Window lock button

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowWhen the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3241

Passenger side power window switchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC3288

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, completelypush down or pull up the switch and release it; itneed not be held. The window will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the window,just push or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.


Black plate (95,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

Automatic adjusting function

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting function will not workand the side roof panel may be da-maged.

The power window has an automatic adjustingfunction. When the door is being opened, thewindow is automatically lowered slightly to avoidcontact between the window and the side roofpanel. When the door is closed, the window isautomatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does notwork, the window will be controlled as follows:

. When the door is opened, the windowlowers for approximately 2 seconds.

. While the door is open, the window cannotbe raised.

If the windows do not close automaticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.

1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for otherwindows.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.


Black plate (96,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC4001

MAP LIGHTS

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.

SIC4002

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position *1 themap lights will illuminate.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position *2 ,the map lights will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the OFF orLOCK position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or doorhandle request switch with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

The lights will also turn off after 30minutes when the lights remain illumi-nated after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF or LOCK position toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

When the auto interior illumination is set to theOFF position (see “VEHICLE INFORMATIONAND SETTINGS (models with navigation sys-tem)” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,audio, phone and voice recognition systems”section), the lights will illuminate under thefollowing condition:

. any door is opened with the ignition switchin any position

INTERIOR LIGHTS


Black plate (97,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights go off.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position*3 , thelights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will also turn off after 30minutes when the lights remain illumi-nated to prevent the battery from becom-ing discharged.

The light illuminates when the rear hatch isopened. When the rear hatch is closed, the lightwill turn off.

The light will also turn off after 30 minuteswhen the light remains illuminated afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to theOFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO ROOM LIGHT


Black plate (98,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver isprogrammed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, see “PRO-GRAMMING HomeLink®” later in this sec-tion.

WARNING

. Do not use HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and

reverse features as required byfederal safety standards. (Thesestandards became effective foropener models manufactured afterApril 1, 1982.) A garage door openerwhich cannot detect an object in thepath of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

. During programming procedure,your garage door or security gatemay open or close. Make sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after

1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


Black plate (99,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC3612

1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer Home-Link® buttons (to clear the memory) until theindicator light*A blinks (after 20 seconds).Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1-3 inches away from the HomeLink® sur-face.

SIC3613

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push andhold both the HomeLink® button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitterbutton.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This couldtake up to 90 seconds. When the indicatorlight blinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light indicatessuccessful programming. To activate thegarage door or other programmed device,push and hold the programmed HomeLink®

button - releasing when the device begins to

activate.

5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to train Home-Link®, completing the programming mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Push and release the program buttonlocated on the garage door opener’s motorto activate the “training mode”. This button isusually located near the antenna wire thathangs down from the motor. If the wireoriginates from under a light lens, you willneed to remove the lens to access thetraining button.

NOTE:Once you have pushed and releasedthe training button on the garage dooropener’s motor and the “training light”is lit, you have 30 seconds in which toperform step 7. For convenience, usethe help of a second person to assistwhen performing this step.

7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing andreleasing the garage door opener trainingbutton) and firmly push and release theHomeLink® button you have just pro-grammed. Push and release the HomeLink®


Black plate (100,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

button up to three times to complete thetraining.

8. Your HomeLink® button should now beprogrammed. To program the remainingHomeLink® buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to“clear” all previously programmed Home-Link® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA-NADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans-mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and holdthe HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink®”) while youpush and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicatorlight flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,

it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-SAL TRANSCEIVER

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply push theappropriate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-SIS

If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from the Home-Link® surface.

. push and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in that position

for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (in approximately 20seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home-Link® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button, complete the following.

1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter


Black plate (101,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

button.

4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button hasnow been reprogrammed. The new device canbe activated by pushing the HomeLink® buttonthat was just programmed. This procedure willnot affect any other programmed HomeLink®

buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference that

may be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Black plate (102,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (10,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 31

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Valet hand-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Opening and closing windows with themechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Intelligent Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Battery saver system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Rear hatch opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Secondary rear hatch release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Front, side and rear unique parts(NISMO models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Opening the fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Tilt steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Black plate (104,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2406

1. Intelligent Keys (2 sets)

2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2 sets)

3. Key number plate (1 set)

INTELLIGENT KEY

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key functionsbecome canceled. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. Ifthe Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in aplace where temperatures ex-ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Black plate (105,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

near an electric appliance suchas a television set or personalcomputer.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key fromunauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, please con-tact a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors, and glove box.

See “DOORS” later in this section and “STO-RAGE” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Key.

VALET HAND-OFF

When you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself and keep themechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the proceduresbelow.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keepingthe mechanical key in your pocket or bag forinsertion into the Intelligent Key when youretrieve your vehicle.

See “STORAGE” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Black plate (106,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

SPA2565

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously using themechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle *1 will lock all doors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle *2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position *3 , turning it to the rearagain within 60 seconds will unlock alldoors.

. You can switch the lock system to the modethat allows you to open all the doors when

the key is turned once. (See “HOW TO USESETTING BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

The driver’s door key operation also allows youto open and close the window that is equippedwith the automatic open/close function. (See“POWER WINDOWS” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

To open the window, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second. The door is unlocked and thewindow keeps opening while turning the key.

This function can also be performed by pushingand holding the door UNLOCK button of theIntelligent Key. (See “REMOTE KEYLESS EN-TRY SYSTEM” later in this section.)

To close the window, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second. The door is locked and thewindow keeps closing while turning the key.

DOORS


Black plate (107,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2566

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

When locking the door without an Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle.

SPA2300

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler door,

push the power door lock switch to the unlockposition *2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,all doors will lock and unlock automatically. Withthe Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in theIntelligent Key port) and any door open, all doorswill unlock automatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

. All doors will be locked automatically whenthe vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All the doors will unlock automatically whenthe ignition is placed in the OFF position.

The automatic lock and unlock functionscan be deactivated or activated indepen-dently of each other. To deactivate or activatethe automatic door lock or unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.


Black plate (108,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

3. Do one of the following within 20 seconds ofperforming step 2:

. To change AUTO UNLOCK settings:push and hold the power door lockswitch to the UNLOCK position formore than 5 seconds.

. To change AUTO LOCK settings: pushand hold the power door lock switch tothe LOCK position for more than 5seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition must be placed in the OFF andON position again between each settingchange.

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor and rear hatch locks using the remotecontroller function or pushing the request switchon the vehicle without taking the key out from apocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Keysystem operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


Black plate (109,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

Because the steering wheel is locked electri-cally, unlocking the steering wheel with theignition switch in the LOCK position is impos-sible when the vehicle battery is completelydischarged. Pay special attention that thevehicle battery is not completely discharged.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional Intelligent

Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment and personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.


Black plate (110,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2567

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or

strong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch *1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors including therear hatch.

SPA2568

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.


Black plate (111,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closingdoors with the door handle request switch)can be set to remain inactive. (See “VEHI-CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS(models with navigation system)” in the “4.Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems” sec-tion.)

SPA2569

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2570

SPA2571


Black plate (112,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors and the rear hatchby pushing the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the rearhatch request switch *B within the range ofoperation.

When you lock or unlock the doors and the rearhatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicatorand horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors, rear hatch and fuel-fillerdoor1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position

and make sure you carry the Intelligent Keywith you.*1

2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch (dri-ver’s or front passenger’s) or the rear hatchrequest switch while carrying the IntelligentKey with you.*3

4. All the doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler doorwill lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors and the rear hatch will lock with theIntelligent Key while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock withthe Intelligent Key while any door or the rearhatch is open.

*3: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock bypushing the door handle request switch orthe rear hatch request switch with theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle,doors and the rear hatch can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors, rear hatch and fuel-fillerdoor1. Push the door handle request switch (dri-

ver’s or front passenger’s) or the rear hatchrequest switch once while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once. The correspondingdoor and the fuel-filler door or the rear hatchwill unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switch or therear hatch request switch again within 60seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once again. All the doorsand the rear hatch will unlock.

All doors, the rear hatch and the fuel-filler doorwill be locked automatically unless one of the

following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

. Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli-gent Key port.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all

doors will be locked automatically after another1 minute.

Opening rear hatchTo open only the rear hatch, perform thefollowing procedure.

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the rear hatch opener switch *C .

3. The rear hatch will unlock.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

When all the following conditions are met for 60minutes, the battery saver system will cut off thepower supply to prevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and


Black plate (113,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position(Automatic Transmission models).

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,chime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in the vehicleinformation display.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE” later inthis section and “VEHICLE INFORMATIONDISPLAY” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.


Black plate (114,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously (Automatic Transmission models).

The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for approximately3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously(Automatic Transmission models).

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the selector lever is not inthe P (Park) position.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleand cargo room area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handlerequest switch to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately 2seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleand cargo room area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switch afterthe door is closed.


Black plate (115,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-fillerdoor, activate the panic alarm and open thewindows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli-gent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey can operate at a distance of approximately33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle.)As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used withone vehicle. For information concerning thepurchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys,contact a NISSAN dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the IntelligentKey will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Key andthe vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make sure thedoors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, approachthe vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.

SPA2252B

1. LOCK button

2. UNLOCK button

3. PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

When you lock or unlock the doors and rearhatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicatorand horn mode” later in this section.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


Black plate (116,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Locking doors, rear hatch and fuel-fillerdoor1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position

and make sure you carry the Intelligent Keywith you.*1

2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch.*2

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors, the rear hatch and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*1: Doors and the rear hatch will lock with theIntelligent Key while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock withthe Intelligent Key while any door or the rearhatch is open.

Unlocking doors, rear hatch and fuel-fillerdoor1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door and fuel-filler door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. Allthe doors and the rear hatch will unlock.

All doors and the rear hatch will be lockedautomatically unless one of the following opera-tions is performed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK button onthe Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors and therear hatch will be locked automatically afteranother 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

. Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli-gent Key port

Opening windowsThe UNLOCK button operation also allowsyou to open a window that is equipped with theautomatic open/close function. (See “POWERWINDOWS” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.)

To open the window, push the door UNLOCKbutton*2 on the Intelligent Key for about

3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.

Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent

Key.

The door window can be opened or closed byturning the metal key in a door lock. (See“DOORS” earlier in this section.)

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button*3 on the Keyfor more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

. It has run for 25 seconds, or

. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Keyare pushed. (Note: Panic button shouldbe pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.


Black plate (117,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor thehorn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle or rear hatch request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system

(Using or button)HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle or rear hatch request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - none

Remote keyless entry system

(Using or button)HAZARD - twiceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none


Black plate (118,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime)operation, push the LOCK *1 and UN-LOCK *2 buttons on the Intelligent Keysimultaneously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once.

SPA2572

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever*2 up at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Hold the insulator *3 of the support rodand insert its end into the slot *4 on thefront edge of the hood.

4. When closing the hood, store the supportrod to its original position, then slowly closethe hood and make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

HOOD


Black plate (119,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

Do not drive with the rear hatch open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “EXHAUST GAS (carbon monox-ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

SPA2573

REAR HATCH OPENER SWITCH

The rear hatch can be opened by pushing therear hatch opener switch when the IntelligentKey is within the operating range of the rearhatch lock/unlock function regardless of theinside lock knob position. (See “INTELLIGENTKEY SYSTEM” earlier in this section.)

To close the rear hatch, push it down securely.

REAR HATCH


Black plate (120,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2646

NISMO models

CAUTION

Do not use the rear spoiler *A to openor close the rear hatch. Doing so maydamage the rear spoiler.

Always hold area *B to open or close the rearhatch.

SPA2580

SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE

The secondary rear hatch release mechanismallows opening the rear hatch in the event ofdischarged battery or emergency.

The release handle is located under the cargoroom floor. To open the rear hatch from thepassenger compartment, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Remove the cargo floor mat.

2. Find the rear hatch release handle *1 asshown in the illustration.

3. Free the release handle that is fixed withvelcro.


Black plate (121,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

4. Firmly pull the release handle until the rearhatch releases.

SPA2647

The NISMO models have the following uniqueparts on the front, side and rear of the vehicle.

— Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter

— Side sill extensions

— Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser

— Large-diameter exhaust pipes

These parts are close to the ground and may bedamaged if they contact objects such as curbs,parking blocks, etc.

CAUTION

Reduce vehicle speed to decrease thepossibility of damaging these partswhen:

. driving on bumpy or rutted roads

. entering or exiting parking garagesand driveways

. driving over speed bumps

FRONT, SIDE AND REAR UNIQUEPARTS (NISMO models)


Black plate (122,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2648

CAUTION

The approach and departure angles aresmall. Reduce vehicle speed when thevehicle approaches or leaves a steephill. Otherwise, the front bumper withan aerodynamic splitter, rear bumperwith an aerodynamic diffuser and ex-haust pipes may contact the road sur-face and be damaged.

SPA2649

CAUTION

Do not step on the front bumper with anaerodynamic splitter. Doing so coulddamage it.

SPA2581

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-fillerdoor by using one of the following operations,then push the left side of the door.

. Push the door handle request switch withthe Intelligent Key carried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey.

. Insert the mechanical key into the door lockcylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely and

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


Black plate (123,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

lock all doors by operating the door handlerequest switch, the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key, the mechanical key or the powerdoor lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possible

injury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-

filler tube, then tighten until thefuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-en the fuel-filler cap properly maycause the malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) to illuminate. If thelight illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-er.


Black plate (124,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2582

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn thecap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turnthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Use the fuel-filler cap holder on the hook *Awhile refueling.

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is necessaryfor proper steering operation andcomfort. The driver’s air bag inflateswith great force. If you are unrest-rained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way,you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steeringwheel. Always use the seat belts.

SPA2583

MANUAL OPERATION

Tilt operationPush the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel up or down to the desiredposition.

Pull the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

TILT STEERING


Black plate (125,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SIC2872

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor *1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side *2 .

SPA2343

INSIDE MIRROR

Adjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeThe night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

SUN VISORS MIRRORS


Black plate (126,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2450

Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light *A will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle behindyou will be reduced.

Push the “*” switch *C to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The indicator

light will turn off. Push the “I” switch*D to turnthe system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improper opera-tion.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-tion, see “HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI-VER” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

SPA2319

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is located onthe armrest.


Black plate (127,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right orleft side mirror*1 , then adjust using the controlswitch *2 .

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

SIC3869

VANITY MIRROR

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.


Black plate (128,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (13,1)

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,phone and voice recognition systems

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Safety note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center multi-function control panel(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

How to use multi-function controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3How to use touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Start-up screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to select menus on the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Vehicle information and settings(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

How to use STATUS button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to use brightness control and display ON/OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to use INFO button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to use SETTING button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Center ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Side ventilators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Automatic air conditioner (Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Automatic air conditioner (Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(models without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)changer (models without navigation system) . . . . . . . 4-36FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)player (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40CompactFlash (CF) player operation(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45iPod® player operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Music box hard-disk drive(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47CD/CF (CompactFlash) care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . 4-55Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio . . . . . . . . 4-56Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withnavigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58

Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Pairing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Phonebook registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64Phone setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Black plate (14,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withoutnavigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

NISSAN Voice Recognition System(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

NISSAN voice recognition standard mode. . . . . . . . . . 4-82Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85NISSAN voice recognition alternate commandmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Black plate (130,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake to viewthe images on the front center dis-play screen using devices connectedto the auxiliary input jacks.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

SAA2273

1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-7)

2, 3, 7, 8, 9.For navigation system control buttons (Refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.)

4. Multi-function controller (P.4-3)

5. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem button (P.4-58)

6. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-7)

10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information button(P.4-7)

11. “SETTING” button (P.4-11)

SAFETY NOTECENTER MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROL PANEL (models withnavigation system)

4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Black plate (131,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2274

HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROLLER

Choose an item on the display using the maindirectional buttons *2 (or additional directionalbuttons *3 with navigation system) or centerdial *5 , and push the ENTER button *1 foroperation.

If you push the BACK button *4 before thesetup is completed, the setup will be canceledand/or the display will return to the previousscreen. This button can also be used to deletecharacters that have been input.

After the setup is completed, push the BACKbutton *4 and return to the previous screen.

For the VOICE button*6 functions, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass breaks, do not touch the liquidcrystalline material, which containsa small amount of mercury. In caseof contact with skin, wash immedi-ately with soap and water.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is ne-cessary, use a small amount ofneutral detergent with a soft cloth.Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a che-mical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannotbe operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

Black plate (132,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1542

Touch screen operationWith this system, the same operations as thosefor the multi-function controller are possibleusing the touch screen operation.

Selecting the item:

Touch an item to select it. To select the “Audio”settings, touch the “Audio” area *1 on thescreen.

Touch the BACK *2 button to return theprevious screen.

SAA1543

Adjusting an item:

Touch the + *1 or − *2 button to adjust thesettings.

Touch the UP *3 or DOWN *4 button tomove to the previous or next page.

SAA1617

Inputting characters:

Touch the letter or number *1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. Uppercase:

Shows uppercase characters.

. Lowercase:

Shows lowercase characters.

. Symbols:

Shows symbols such as the question mark(?).


Black plate (133,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Space:

Inserts a space.

. Delete:

Deletes the last character that has beeninput with one touch. Push and hold thebutton to delete all of the characters.

. OK:

Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipethe screen.

SAA1454

START-UP SCREEN

When you push the ignition switch to the ACCor ON position, the SYSTEM START-UP warn-ing is displayed on the screen. When you readand agree with the warning, push the ENTERbutton.

If you do not push the ENTER button, you willnot be able to use the NAVI system.

To proceed to the NAVI system, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA2143

START MENU

The start menu can be displayed using theENTER switch on the steering-wheel-mountedcontrols.

1. While the map or status screen is displayed,push and hold the ENTER switch until the“Menu Options” screen appears.

2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting theENTER switch up or down, and then pushthe ENTER switch to select it.


Black plate (134,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1591

Available items

Destination/Route:

These items are for the navigation system. Seethe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual for details.

Information:

Displays the information screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push the INFObutton.

Settings:

Displays the settings screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push the SET-TING button.

SAA1510

HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THESCREEN

Vehicle functions are viewed on the displayscreen in menus. Whenever a menu selection ismade or menu item is highlighted, different areason the screen provide you with importantinformation. See the following for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to the currentscreen. (i.e. push SETTING button >choose “Comfort & Conv.” menu item.)

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose within thatmenu screen. (i.e. Auto Interior Illumination,etc.)

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the multi-function controller maybe used to move UP/DOWN on the screenand select more options.

4. Screen Count:

Shows the number of menu selectionsavailable for that screen (i.e. 1/9).

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)about the menu selection currently high-lighted. (i.e. Cabin lighting when unlock-ing doors.)


Black plate (135,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON

To display the status of the audio, air conditionersystem, fuel consumption and navigation sys-tem, push the STATUS button. The followinginformation will appear when the STATUSbutton is pushed.

Audio ? Audio and Air conditioner system ?Audio and fuel consumption ? Audio andNavigation system ? Audio

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

Push the “ OFF” button to switch thedisplay brightness to the daytime mode or thenighttime mode, and to adjust the displaybrightness using the multi-function controllerwhile the indicator is displayed at the bottom ofthe screen.

The display brightness can also be adjustedusing the brightness UP button (+) or bright-ness DOWN button (−).

Push and hold the “ OFF” button for morethan 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push thebutton again to turn the display on.

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON

The display screen shows vehicle and navigationinformation for your convenience.

The information shown on the screen should bea guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.See the following for details.

SAA1545

Vehicle information display1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.

2. Choose an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

3. After viewing or adjusting the information onthe following screens, push the BACKbutton to return to the INFORMATIONmenu.

See the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual for the following items:

. Traffic Info.

. Where am I?

VEHICLE INFORMATION ANDSETTINGS (models with navigationsystem)


Black plate (136,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. GPS Satellite Info.

. Navigation Version

SAA1546

SAA1547

Fuel Economy informationThe distance to empty, average fuel economyand current fuel economy (shown on the rightside bar) will be displayed for reference.

To reset the Average Fuel Economy, use themulti-function controller to highlight the “Reset”key and push the ENTER button.

If the “View” key is highlighted with the multi-function controller and the ENTER button ispushed, the average fuel consumption historywill be displayed in graph form along with theaverage for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” later in this section.)

The fuel economy information may differ from theinformation displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay. This is due to the timing difference inupdating the information and does not indicate amalfunction.


Black plate (137,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1554

Maintenance informationThe maintenance intervals can be displayed foryour desired maintenance items.

To set the maintenance interval for Reminders 1to 4, choose an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

You can also set to display a message to remindyou that the maintenance needs to be per-formed.

The following example shows how to setReminder 1. Use the same steps to set theother maintenance information.

SAA1555

1. Reset the driving distance to the newmaintenance schedule.

2. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenanceschedule. To determine the recommendedmaintenance interval, refer to your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

3. To display the reminder automatically whenthe set trip distance is reached, highlight the“Interval Reminder” key with the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.

4. To return the display to MAINTENANCEINFO., push the BACK button.

Maintenance information display cannot beoperated when the vehicle is moving. Stop thevehicle in a safe place to see the information.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” later in this section.)


Black plate (138,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1611

The Reminder will be automatically displayed asshown when both of the following conditions aremet:

. the vehicle is driven the set distance and theignition switch is pushed to the LOCKposition.

. the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC orON position the next time you drive thevehicle after the set value has been reached.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is displayed,push the BACK button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played each time the ignition switch is pushed to

the ON position until one of the followingconditions is met:

. “Reset Distance” is selected.

. “Interval Reminder” is set to OFF.

. the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA1592

Voice Recognition informationWhen you use the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or if you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the voicecommand list or user guide for confirmation.(See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-TEM (models with navigation system)” later inthis section for the details.)

Command List:

Displays a list of voice commands that thesystem can recognize.


Black plate (139,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

User Guide:

Displays a simplified operation manual of thevoice recognition system and how to use thevoice commands.

SAA1556

HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON

The display as illustrated will appear when theSETTING button is pushed.

For navigation settings, refer to the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.

To show the “Comfort & Conv.” item, push theignition switch to the ON position.

SAA1557

Audio settingsThe display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Audio” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:

To adjust the speaker tone quality and soundbalance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Bal-ance” or “Fade” key and adjust it with themulti-function controller.

These items can also be adjusted by pushingand turning the AUDIO knob.


Black plate (140,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Speed Sensitive Vol.:

Sound volume is increased according to thevehicle speed. Choose the effect level from OFF(0) to 5.

SAA1813

Display settingsThe display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting “Dis-play” key with the multi-function controller andpushing the ENTER button.

Display:

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER buttonand turn the “Display” indicator off. The othermethod is to push and hold the “ OFF”button for more than 2 seconds.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the ONposition, or push and hold the “ OFF”button.

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”key and push the ENTER button.

Then, you can adjust the brightness to “Darker”or “Brighter”, and the contrast to “Lower” or“Higher” using the multi-function controller.

For information on the “Background Color”key, refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

Navigation settingsFor the details of “Navigation” settings, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.


Black plate (141,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1561

SAA1562

Volume and Beeps settingsThe display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Volume and Beeps” key with the multi-function controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Guidance Vol.:

To adjust the guidance voice volume louder orsofter, select the “Guidance Volume” and adjustit with the multi-function controller.

You can also adjust the guidance voice volumeby turning the VOLUME control knob while voiceguidance is being announced.

Guidance Voice:

When this item is turned to ON, you will hearvoice guidance in the navigation operation or inother operations.

Ringer Vol./Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:

For the details of these items, see “BLUE-TOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in thissection.

Button Beeps:

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear abeep sound when you use a button.

Phone settingsFor the details of “Phone” settings, see “BLUE-TOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in thissection.


Black plate (142,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1563

Clock settingsThe display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Clock” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

On-screen Clock:

When this item is turned to ON, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right corner of thescreen.

This clock will indicate the time almost exactlybecause it is always adjusted by the GPSsystem.

Clock Format:

Choose either the 12-hour clock display or the24-hour clock display.

Offset Adjust:

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing perminute.

Daylight Saving Time:

Turn this item to ON for daylight saving timeapplication.

Time Zone:

Choose the time zone from the following

. Pacific

. Mountain

. Central

. Eastern

. Atlantic

. Newfoundland

. Hawaii

. Alaska

SAA1564

SAA2323


Black plate (143,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Comfort & Conv. settingsThe display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Comfort & Conv.” key with the multi-functioncontroller and pushing the ENTER button. Thiskey does not appear on the display until theignition switch is pushed to the ON position.

Auto Interior Illumination:

When this item is turned to ON, the interiorlights will illuminate if any door is unlocked.

Auto Headlights Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlightshigher (right) or lower (left).

Auto Headlights Off Delay:

Choose the duration of the automatic headlightoff timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and180 second periods.

Speed Sensing Wiper Interval:

When this item is turned to ON, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically according tothe vehicle speed.

Selective Door Unlock:

When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’sdoor is unlocked first after the door unlockoperation. When the door handle request switchon the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is

pushed to be unlocked, only the correspondingdoor is unlocked first. All the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation is per-formed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all the doorswill be unlocked after the door unlock operationis performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/unlock function by pushing the door handlerequest switch will be activated.

Return All Settings to Default:

Select this item, push the ENTER button andchoose “YES” if you want to return all settings tothe default.

SAA1566

Others settingsThe Others settings display will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key with the multi-function controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Voice Recognition:

For the details of this item, see “NISSAN VOICERECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with naviga-tion system)” later in this section.


Black plate (144,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Language/Units:

. Select Language

Choose the “Select Language” key andpush the ENTER button. Select “English” or“Francais” for your favorite display appear-ance.

If you select the “Francais” key, the Frenchlanguage will be displayed, so please usethe French Owner’s Manual. To obtain aFrench Owner’s Manual, see “OWNER’SMANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER IN-FORMATION” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section.

. Select Units

Choose the “Select Units” key and pushthe ENTER button. Select “US” (Mile, 8F,MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km) foryour favorite display appearance.

SAA2275

CENTER VENTILATORS

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

SAA2288

SIDE VENTILATORS

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators as illustrated.

VENTILATORS


Black plate (145,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and airconditioner system.

SAA2276

For the models with navigation system, push the“STATUS” button to display the heater and airconditioner status screen. (See “HOW TO USESTATUS BUTTON” earlier in this section.)

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER


Black plate (146,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2277

1. “ ” fan speed control dial

2. Temperature control dial** The display of degrees:“60-75-90” is used for 8F (US).“18-25-32” is used for 8C (Canada).

3. Air flow control dial

4. “A/C” air conditioner button

5. Intake air control button (“ ” outside air and“ ” air recirculation)

6. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (TypeA)

In your vehicle, the air conditioner system

is designed to automatically activate thecooling function when operating the airflow control dial, the “ ” fan speedcontrol dial or the “ ” intake aircontrol button. (The indicator light on the“A/C” button will illuminate.) Push the“A/C” button off when the cooling functionis not necessary.

Automatic operation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control the insidetemperature, air flow distribution and fan speed

after the preferred temperature is set manually.

1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial andair flow control dial to the “AUTO” position.The air conditioner will automatically turn on.(The “A/C” button indicator light illuminates.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

. The temperature can be set within thefollowing range.

— For U.S.: 60 to 908F (16 to 328C)

— For Canada: 64 to 908F (18 to 328C)

. The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C OFF):

The air conditioner does not activate. When youneed to heat only, use this mode.

1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial andair flow control dial to the “AUTO” position.(The air conditioner will turn on.)

2. Push the “A/C” button to turn off the air


Black plate (147,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

conditioner. (The “A/C” button indicator lightwill turn off.)


. The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

. Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

. Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:

1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”position.


. To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, turn the “ ” fanspeed control dial to the maximumposition.

. As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, turn the air flow control dial tothe “AUTO” position to return to the auto

mode.

. When the air flow control dial is turnedto the “ ” or “ ” position, the airconditioner will automatically be turnedon at outside temperatures above 238F(−58C) to defog the windshield, and theair recirculation mode will automaticallybe turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operation

Fan speed control:

Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial clockwise(+) or counter clockwise (−) to manually controlthe fan speed.

Turn the dial to the “AUTO” position to return toautomatic control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation:

Push the “ ” intake air control button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the “ ” side will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode “ ”.

Outside air circulation:

Push the “ ” intake air control button todraw outside air into the passenger compart-ment. The indicator light on the “ ” side willcome on.

Automatic intake air control:

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, push the “ ” intake aircontrol button. To return to the automatic controlmode, push the “ ” intake air controlbutton for approximately 2 seconds. The indi-cator lights (both air recirculation and outside aircirculation sides) will flash twice, and then theintake air will be controlled automatically.

Air flow control:

Turning the air flow control dial selects the airoutlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

: Air flows mainly from defroster outlets.


Black plate (148,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

To turn the system offTurn the “ ” fan speed control dial to the“OFF” position.

SAA2278

1. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button/“ ” fanspeed control dial

2. “ ” front defroster button

3. “ ” intake air control button

4. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button/Temperature control dial

5. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REARWINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)

6. “MODE” manual air flow control button

7. “OFF” button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER(Type B)

Automatic operation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control the insidetemperature, air flow distribution and fan speedafter the preferred temperature is set manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicatoron the button will illuminate and AUTO willbe displayed.)


Black plate (149,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


. The temperature can be set within thefollowing range.

— For U.S.: 60 to 908F (16 to 328C)

— For Canada: 64 to 908F (18 to 328C)

. The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed will also becontrolled automatically.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C OFF):

The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on.

2. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicatorwill turn off.)


. The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also

controlled automatically.

. Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise thesystem may not work properly.

. Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (Theindicator light on the button will come on.)


. To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, turn the “ ” fan speed controldial and set it to the maximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the “AUTO” button to return tothe auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automaticallybe turned on at outside temperatures above238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, andthe air recirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operation

Fan speed control:

Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculation:

Push the “ ” intake air control button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light “ ” will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode “ ”.

Outside air circulation:

Push the “ ” intake air control button tochange the air circulation from the intake air tothe outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turnoff.

Automatic air intake control:

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, push the “ ” intake air controlbutton. To return to the automatic control mode,push the “ ” intake air control button forapproximately 2 seconds. The indicator lightswill flash twice, and then the intake air will be


Black plate (150,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

controlled automatically.

Air flow control:

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn the system offPush the “OFF” button.

SAA2324

SAA2315

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. This is not amalfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, air will flow normally from the footoutlets.

The sensors *A and *B on the instrumentpanel helps maintain a constant temperature. Donot put anything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the maintenanceschedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flow isextremely decreased or when windows fogup easily when operating heater or airconditioning system.


Black plate (151,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

The air conditioning system in your NISSAN ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. However,special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your NISSAN air con-ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. (See “CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sectionfor air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.)

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioning system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

RadioPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band select buttonto turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the ignition switchshould be pushed to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

AUDIO SYSTEM


Black plate (152,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA0306

FM radio reception:

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):

When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with thesatellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of anymetal or large building for the satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®

Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

The satellite radio performance may be affectedif cargo carried on the roof blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near the satelliteantenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.


Black plate (153,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) player. Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD changer/player.

. Trying to load a CD with the CD door closedcould damage the CD and/or CD changer.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the CD and dehumidify orventilate the player completely.

. The player may skip while driving on roughroads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) rounddiscs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,covered with fingerprints, or that have pinholes may not work properly.

. The following CDs may not work properly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as they maycause the CD player to malfunction.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or haveabnormal edges

. This audio system can only play prerecordedCDs. It has no capabilities to record or burnCDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly(the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent or warpedand it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperature insidethe player is too high. Remove the CD bypushing the EJECT button, and after a shorttime reinsert the CD. The CD can be playedwhen the temperature of the player returnsto normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system(only MP3 or WMA CD).


Black plate (154,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

CompactFlash (CF) player (if soequipped). Do not force a CF card into the slot. This

could damage the CF card and/or player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the CF card and dehumidifyor ventilate the player completely.

. The CF player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Do not expose a CF card to direct sunlight.

. Confirm that a CF card is inserted correctly.

iPod® player (if so equipped). Some characters used in other languages

(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle center screen. Werecommend using English language char-acters with an iPod®.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in the iPod®. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but it willsoon recover.

. If the iPod® automatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarily

black out, but it will soon recover.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®

is connected properly.

. The iPod® nano (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPod®

nano (2nd Generation).

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on the iPod®.

. The iPod® nano (1st Generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use very longnames for the song title, album name orartist name to avoid the iPod® from resettingitself.

. Be careful not to do the following, or thecable could be damaged and a loss offunction may occur.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40mm) radius minimum).

— Twist the cable excessively (more than180 degrees).

— Pull or drop the cable.

— Close the center console lid on the cableor connectors.

— Store objects with sharp edges in thestorage where the cable is stored.

— Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.

. Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if thecable and/or connectors are wet. It maydamage the iPod®.

. If the cable and connectors are exposed towater, allow the cable and/or connectors todry completely before connecting the cableto the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).

. If the connector is exposed to fluids otherthan water, evaporative residue may cause ashort between the connector pins. In thiscase, replace the cable, otherwise damageto the iPod® and a loss of function mayoccur.

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination such asliquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donot use the cable and contact a NISSANdealer to replace the cable with a new one.

. When not in use for extended periods of


Black plate (155,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

time, store the cable in a clean, dust freeenvironment at room temperature and with-out direct sun exposure.

. Do not use the cable for any other purposesother than its intended use in the vehicle.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Compact Disc (CD)/CompactFlash (CF)with MP3 or WMA

Explanation of terms:

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track from CD/CF can reduce the filesize by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling:44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtuallyno perceptible loss in quality. MP3 com-pression removes the redundant and irrele-vant parts of a sound signal that the humanear doesn’t hear.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of more

digital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music files.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.

CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDiskCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.


Black plate (156,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1025

Playback order:

Music playback order of the CD/CF with MP3 orWMA is as illustrated above.

. The folder names of folders not containingMP3/WMA files are not shown in thedisplay.

. If there is a file in the top level of the disc,“Root Folder” is displayed.

. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software, sothe files might not play in the desired order.


Black plate (157,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Specification chart:

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, CF

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

CompactFlash card: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

With navigation system:ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)Without navigation system:ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitationWith navigation system: 128 characters

Without navigation system: 64 characters

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.


Black plate (158,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Troubleshooting guide:

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the CD/CF was inserted correctly.

Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) beforeusing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data)will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codesand number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofMP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the CD/CF is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time before the musicstarts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD/CF, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be requiredbefore the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song when playing.When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play isprohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in thedesired order.


Black plate (159,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2279

1. FM·AM band select button

2. CD EJECT button

3. CD button

4. Station and preset select button

5. Audio display

6. AUX (auxiliary) button

7. MENU button

8. SEEK/APS (automatic program search) FF (fastforward)·APS REW (rewind) button

9. RDM (random) button

10. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob

11. SCAN tuning button

12. AUX IN jack

13. RPT (repeat) button

14. TUNE/FF·REW button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC(CD) PLAYER (models without naviga-tion system)

For all operation precautions, see “AUDIOOPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in thissection.

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the PWR button whilethe system is off to call up the mode (radio, CDor AUX) which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. While the system ison, pushing the PWR button turns the systemoff.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.


Black plate (160,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Adjusting sound quality:

Push the MENU button to change the selectingmode as follows.

Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust Bass,Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level.Fade adjusts the sound level between the frontand rear speakers and Balance adjusts thesound between the right and left speakers.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, push the MENU button repeatedlyuntil the radio or CD display reappears. Other-wise, the radio or CD display will automaticallyreappear after about 10 seconds.

FM-AM radio operation

radio (FM/AM) band select:

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe PWR button is pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

Push the TUNE button for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning:

Push the SEEK button or to tune fromlow to high or high to low frequencies and tostop at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

station.

to Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6each for FM1 and FM2) and 6 stations can beset for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the radio band select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Select the desired station and push andhold the desired station preset buttons 1 to6 until a beep sound is heard. (The radiomutes when the select button is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseblows, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and insert the CD into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The CD will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.


Black plate (161,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc will appear on the display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

PLAY:

When the CD (CD play) button is pushed withthe system off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (rewind) ofthe TUNE button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will play while fastforwarding or rewinding.

When the button is released, the CD will returnto normal play speed.

APS (Automatic Program Search)FF, APF REW:

When (APS FF) of the SEEK button ispushed while the CD is being played, the nexttrack or the current track on the CD will start toplay from its beginning. Push several times toskip through tracks. The CD will advance thenumber of times the button is pushed. (Whenthe last track on the CD is skipped through, thefirst track will be played.)

When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the track being played returns to its beginning.Push several times to skip back through tracks.The CD will go back the number of times thebutton is pushed.

A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported withthis function.

REPEAT (RPT)/RANDOM(RDM) play:

When the RPT or RDM button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

RPT button:

1 Disc Repeat (Normal play) Û 1 Track Repeat

RDM button:

1 Disc Repeat (Normal play) Û 1 Disc Random

The display shows the following symbol:

(No mark): 1 CD RPT

1: 1 TR RPT

RDM: 1 CD RDM

A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported withthis function.

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

SCAN tuning:

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the beginning of all thetracks of the CDs will be played for 10 secondsin sequence.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.


Black plate (162,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning continues to move tothe next CD track.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computers.

Push the AUX button to play a compatibledevice when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.


Black plate (163,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2280

1. CD EJECT button

2. DISP (display) button

3. Radio station preset/CD select buttons

4. Audio display

5. SCRL (scroll) button

6. LOAD button

7. SEEK the TRACK, CAT (category) or FILE/APS(automatic program search) FF (fast forward)·APSREW (rewind) button

8. MUTE button


10. AUDIO button

11. SAT (satellite) band select button

12. SCAN tuning button

13. ON·OFF button/ VOL (volume) control knob

14. DISC button

15. RPT (repeat) button

16. AUX (auxiliary) button

17. RDM (random) button

18. AUX IN jack

19. TUNE the CH (channel) or FOLDER/FF·REWbutton


Black plate (164,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) CHANGER (models withoutnavigation system)




It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing to the XM® SatelliteRadio. After receiving the activation signal, anavailable channel list will be automaticallyupdated in the radio. For XM®, push the ignitionswitch from LOCK to ACC to update thechannel list.


Head unit:



Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to call up the mode (radio,CD or AUX) which was playing immediatelybefore the system was turned off. While the

system is on, pushing the ON·OFF button turnsthe system off.


MUTE button:

Push the button to mute the audio sound.

Push the button again to release the mute.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio button. When the display shows thesetting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), push the SEEK or TUNEbutton to set the desired setting.

These items can also be adjusted by pushingthe AUDIO button.

. Speed Sensitive Vol.

Sound volume is increased according to thevehicle speed. Choose the effect level fromOFF (0) to 5.

. Beep tuning

When this item is turned to ON, you will heara beep sound when you use a button.

FM-AM-SAT radio operation



AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select:


XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.



If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo to


Black plate (165,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

. For AM and FM radio

Push the TUNE button or formanual tuning.

. For XM® Satellite Radio

Push the TUNE button or to seekchannels from all of the categories when anyCAT is not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY(CAT):


Push the SEEK button or to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.


Push the SEEK button or to tuneto the first channel of the next or previouscategory.

During satellite radio reception, the followingnotices will be displayed under certain condi-tions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the

SAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-scription is not active)

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stop at each broad-casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushingthe button again during this 5 seconds periodwill stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation/channel.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:

Eighteen stations/channels can be set for theSAT band (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3),twelve can be set for the FM band (6 each forFM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AMband.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK, SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold the desired radio stationpreset button*1 to*6 until a beep soundis heard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.


If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

RADIO DISPLAY change:

When the DISP button is pushed while the radiois being played, the audio display will change asfollows:

Compact Disc (CD) changer operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, push the LOAD button and insert theCD into the slot with the label side facing up.The CD will be guided automatically into the slot


Black plate (166,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

and start playing.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks onthe CD and the play time will appear on thedisplay.


If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.

CD LOAD:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading position by pushing the CD insertselect button *1 to *6 , then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer insuccession, push the LOAD button for morethan 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

PLAY:

When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded, the systemwill turn on and the CD will start to play.

When the DISC button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio will

automatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

When the DISC button is pushed while a CD isloaded and a medium is played using theauxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back andforth between CD and medium.

CD DISPLAY information:

When the DISP button is pushed while the CDis being played, the audio display will change asfollows:

CD:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind):

CD:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

CD with MP3 or WMA:

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the folders in the CD will change.

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, the CDwill return to the normal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its beginning.Push several times to skip through programs.The CD will advance the number of times thebutton is pushed. (When the last program on theCD is skipped through, the first program will be


Black plate (167,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

played.) When the (APS REW) button ispushed, the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The CD will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

CD PLAY selection:

To change to another CD already loaded into theplayer, push the CD play select buttons *1 to*6 .

REPEAT (RPT) play:

When the RPT button is pushed while the CD isplayed, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

(CD)

(CD with MP3 or WMA)

RANDOM (RDM) play:

When the RDM button is pushed while the CDis played, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

(CD)


CD EJECT:


To eject the discs selected by the CD selectbutton, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button formore than 1.5 seconds.



AUX (Auxiliary) button:

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.

The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.

Push the AUX button to play a compatibledevice when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.


Black plate (168,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2281

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF button/VOL (volume) control knob

3. Radio station preset select buttons

4. DISC·AUX (auxiliary) button

5. Radio TUNE (tuning)/MP3/WMA folder select/AUDIO control knob

6. Radio SCAN tuning button


8. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

9. SAT (satellite) button

10. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button forSEEK/TRACK

11. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

12. CompactFlash (CF) card slot

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (models with navi-gation system)




It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the XM® Satellite Radio.After receiving the activation signal, an availablechannel list will be automatically updated in theradio. For XM®, push the ignition switch fromLOCK to ACC to update the channel list.


Head unit:



Black plate (169,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to call up the mode (radio,CD or AUX) which was playing immediatelybefore the system was turned off. While thesystem is on, pushing the ON·OFF button turnsthe system off.


Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “HOW TO USE SETTINGBUTTON” earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows:

. Speed Sensitive Vol.

. Beep tuning

For more details, see “VEHICLE INFORMATIONAND SETTINGS (models with navigation sys-tem)” earlier in this section.

Switching the display:

Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch thedisplays as follows:

CD? CompactFlash? AUX? iPod® ?MusicBox ? CD

FM-AM-SAT radio operation



AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select:


(With navigation system)

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM1

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,

Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):


Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.


Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channelsfrom all of the categories when any CAT isnot selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY(CAT):


Push the SEEK/TRACK button orto tune from low to high or high to lowfrequencies and to stop at the next broad-casting station.


Push the SEEK/TRACK button or


Black plate (170,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

to tune to the first channel of the next orprevious category.

During satellite radio reception, the followingnotices will be displayed under certain condi-tions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while theSAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-scription is not active)

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stop at each broad-casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushingthe button again during this 5 seconds periodwill stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation/channel.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:

Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FMband (6 each for FM1 and FM2) and the SATradio (6 each for XM1 and XM2), and 6 stationscan be set for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/TRACK, SCAN button or theradio TUNE knob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton *1 to *6 until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.


If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected with the multi-function controller on the display and then theENTER button is pushed while the satellite radiois being played, the text information will be

displayed on the screen.

. CH Name

. Category

. Name

. Title

. Other

Compact Disc (CD) player operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks onthe CD and the play time will appear on thedisplay.


If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

PLAY:

When the DISC·AUX (CD play) button ispushed with the system off and the CD loaded,


Black plate (171,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

the system will turn on and the CD will start toplay.

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with theCD loaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed while aCD is loaded and a medium is played using theauxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back andforth between the CD and the medium.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected in the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the music information below will bedisplayed on the screen.

CD:

. Disc title

. Track title

CD with MP3 or WMA:

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album title

. Artist

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind)/APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APS REW:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the CD is being played, the CD will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When thebutton is released, the CD will return to normalplay speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when a CD is being played.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

When the RPT button is pushed while the CD isplayed, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

(CD)


CD EJECT:





Black plate (172,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2282

Auxiliary input jacksThe auxiliary input jacks are located in the centerconsole. NTSC compatible devices such asvideo games, camcorders and portable videoplayers can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3players, can also be connected to the systemthrough the auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-tion purposes.

. Yellow - video input

. White - left channel audio input

. Red - right channel audio input

Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off thepower of the portable device.

With a compatible device connected to thejacks, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedlyuntil the display switches to the AUX mode. Theoutput from the device will be played throughthe monitor and audio system.

SAA1567

Display Mode:

The AUX settings display will appear when the“Setting” key is selected using the multi-function controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Choose the display mode from the following:

. Normal

. Wide

. Cinema


Black plate (173,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1862

COMPACTFLASH (CF) PLAYER OP-ERATION (models with navigation sys-tem)

Audio main operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, remove the cover *A and insert a CFcard *B into the slot. Then, push thebutton repeatedly to switch to the Compact-Flash mode.

If the system has been turned off while theCompactFlash (CF) card was playing, pushingthe ON·OFF button will start the CF card.

PLAY:

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with thesystem off and the CF card inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a CF cardis inserted, push the DISC·AUX button repeat-edly until the center display changes to theCompactFlash mode.

Text:

When the “Text” key is selected on the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while the CF is beingplayed, the music information below will bedisplayed on the screen.

. Folder title

. File Title

. Song title

. Album Title

. Artist


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile the CF card is being played, the CF cardwill play while fast forwarding or rewinding.When the button is released, the CF card willreturn to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CF card is beingplayed, the next track or the beginning of thecurrent track on the CF card will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the CF card is being played.

Folder selection:

To change to another folder in the CF card, turnthe MP3/WMA folder selector or choose afolder displayed on the screen using the multi-function controller.


Black plate (174,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


When the RPT button is pushed while the CFcard is played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

CF EJECT:

When the knob next to the CF slot is pushedwith the CF card inserted, the CF card will beejected.

Messages:

The following messages will be displayed undercertain conditions.

. Reading Compact Flash (The system isreading the CF card inserted in the slot.)

. No Compact Flash card (A CF card is notinserted in the slot.)

. Compact Flash read error (The systemcannot read a CF card.)

. Unplayable file (The system cannot play amusic file.)

. No audio file (The CF card inserted in theslot or its folder does not contain any musicfiles.)

SAA2283

iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if soequipped)

Connecting iPod®

Open the console lid and connect the cable *1as illustrated, and then connect the other end ofthe cable to your iPod® *2 . Your vehicle isequipped with the specialized cable for con-necting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. Thebattery of your iPod® is charged during theconnection to the vehicle.

The display on the iPod® shows a NISSANscreen when the connection is completed.While connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, theiPod® can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,fully depress the center connector button tounlatch the connector and pull the connectorstraight out of the outlet. To disconnect thecable from the iPod®, fully depress the sideconnector buttons and pull the iPod® connectorstraight out of the iPod®.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are available:

. Third generation iPod® (Firmware version2.3 or later) (Audiobook and Podcast are notavailable)

. Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version3.1.1 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.1.2 or later)

. iPod® mini (Firmware version 1.41 or later)

. iPod® photo (Firmware version 1.2.1 or later)

. iPod® nano (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.

Audio main operationPush the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX button


Black plate (175,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.

DISC·AUX button:

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with thesystem off and the iPod® connected, the systemwill turn on. If another audio source is playingand the iPod® is connected, push the DISC·AUXbutton repeatedly until the center displaychanges to the iPod® mode.

Interface:

The interface for iPod® operation shown on thevehicle center display is similar to the iPod®

interface. Use the multi-function controller andthe ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod®

with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further information abouteach item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Songs

. Podcasts

. Genres

. Composers

. Audiobooks

The following touch-panel buttons shown on thescreen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind)/APS(Automatic Program Search) FF, APS REW:

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the iPod® will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theiPod® will return to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.


When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

MUSIC BOX HARD-DISK DRIVE (mod-els with navigation system)

The “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio systemcan store songs from CDs being played. Thesystem has a 9.3 gigabyte (GB) storagecapacity and can record up to 200 hours(approximately 2,900 songs).

The following CDs can be recorded in the“Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.

. CDs without MP3/WMA files

. Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (HybridCD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs

. Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-cification in CD-Extras

. First session of multisession disc

Extreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)] couldaffect the performance of the hard-disk.


Black plate (176,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

NOTE:

If the hard-disk needs to be replaced dueto a malfunction, all stored music data willbe erased.

SAA1613

Recording CDs1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. For

the details of playing CDs, see “CompactDisc (CD) changer operation” earlier in thissection.

2. Select the “REC” key using the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.

NOTE:

. The system starts playing and record-ing the 1st track on the CD when the“REC” key is selected.

. Individual tracks from a CD cannot berecorded to the “Music Box” hard-disk

drive.

. The skip, fast forward and rewindfeatures are disabled while the CD isrecording.

. The recording process can be stoppedat any time. All tracks that were playedbefore the CD was stopped are stored.

. Individual tracks can be deleted fromthe hard-disk drive after the CD isrecorded.


Black plate (177,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1614

If the title information of the track being recordedis stored either in the hard-disk drive or in theCD, the title is automatically displayed on thescreen. For title acquisition from the hard-diskdrive, music recognition technology and relateddata are provided by Gracenote®.

To view the details of the track, select the “Text”key by touching the screen or using the multi-function controller. The track name and albumtitle are displayed on the screen.

If a track is not recorded successfully due toskipping sounds, the mark is displayedbehind the track number.

The “Music Box” hard-disk drive cannot performrecording under the following conditions.

. There is not enough space in the hard-disk

. The number of albums reaches the maximumof 500.

. The number of tracks reaches the maximumof 3,000.

Automatic recording:

If the “Automatic Recording” function is turnedto ON, recording starts when a CD is inserted.(See “Music Box settings” later in this section.)

Stopping recording:

To stop the recording, select the STOP buttonby touching the screen or using the multi-function controller.

If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turnedoff or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition, the recording also stops.

SAA1615

Playing recorded songsSelect the “Music Box” audio system by usingone of the following methods.

. Push the source select switch on thesteering wheel repeatedly until the centerdisplay changes to the Music Box mode.(See “STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTEDCONTROLS FOR AUDIO” later in thissection.)

. Push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly untilthe center display changes to the Music Boxmode.

. Give voice commands. (See “NISSANVOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models


Black plate (178,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

with navigation system)” later in this sec-tion.)

Stopping playback:

The system stops playing when:

a. another mode (radio, CD, CompactFlash orAUX) is selected.

b. the audio system is turned off.

c. the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCKposition.


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed for more than 1.5 secondswhile a track is being played, the track will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When thebutton is released, the track will return to thenormal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while a track is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when a track is being played.

Play mode selection:

To change to another album or artist, turn theMP3/WMA folder selector.


When the RPT·RDM button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

SAA1684

There are some options available during play-back. Select one of the following that aredisplayed on the screen, if necessary.

Menu:

Refer to the following information for each item.

. Play by Artist

Plays songs by an artist whose music iscurrently being played. The artists are sortedin alphabetical order.


Black plate (179,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1685

. Play by Album

Plays tracks in each album. The albums aresorted in alphabetical order.

. Play by Date

Plays tracks in each album. The albums aresorted in order of the date when they werestored in the system.

. Play by Mood

Plays music from one of the followingmoods: Relaxing Music, Lively Music, SlowMusic and Upbeat Music.

. Play by Category

Plays music from one of the followingcategories: My Favorites, Hit Songs, Kids’Songs and Rarely Played.

. Search Artists

Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order.Selecting an artist displays all of the tracksby the artist and starts playing the first track.

SAA1686

. Search Albums

Displays a list of albums in order of the datewhen they were stored in the system.Selecting an album displays all of the trackson the album and starts playing the firsttrack.

Select the “Sort” key to re-sort albums inone of the following order: Rec. (Recorded)Date, Name, Release Year, Artist.

. Search Song Details

Set the conditions and select the “StartSong Search” key to search for a desiredsong that is stored in the system. Theconditions are as follows:


Black plate (180,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Music Tempo (All, Slow, Normal and Fast)

Decade (All, ’70s, ’80s, ’90s, ’00s and ’10sand After)

Group (All, Male Artist, Female Artist, Groupand Duo)

Category (Rock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, HipHop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk,Blues, Country, Metal, Easy Listening, NewAge, Soundtrack, Gospel & Religious,World, Classical, Children’s and Other)

. Search Keywords

Input a search keyword using the keypaddisplayed on the screen. (See “HOW TOUSE TOUCH SCREEN” earlier in thissection.)

. Edit Albums

Select a category (Rec. (Recorded) Date,Name, Released Year and Artist) and editthe details using the keypad displayed onthe screen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCHSCREEN” earlier in this section.)

. Music Box System Info.

Displays the following information about theMusic Box hard drive:

a. Music Box Used / Free Space (Informa-tion about “Saved Album”, “Saved Track”

and “Remaining Time” is displayed.)

b. Mood Categories (Number of savedtracks and their categories (RelaxingMusic, Lively Music, Slow Music, UpbeatMusic and Others) are displayed.)

c. Deleted Items (Information about thedeleted tracks is displayed.)

d. Search Missing Titles

If titles are not displayed for CDs that havebeen recorded, titles can be acquired usingone of the following methods:

— Retrieve from HDDSearches the title using the database inthe hard-disk.

— Retrieve from CFSearches the title from the informationacquired on the Internet. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-tails.

— Transfer Missing Titles to CFTransfers the information of the albumrecorded without titles to a Compact-Flash card. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-tails.

e. Music Box Settings (See “Music Boxsettings” later in this section.)

f. CDDB Version (the version of the built-inGracenote Database is displayed.)


Black plate (181,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1688

Text:

Refer to the following information for each item.

. Set Mood

Set the mood category of the track to“Relaxing Music”, “Lively Music”, “SlowMusic” or “Upbeat Music”.

. Delete Track

Delete the track being played.

. Edit Info.

Edit the name of the track being played andits artist using the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCH

SCREEN” earlier in this section.)

The category of the track can also be set toRock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, Hip Hop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk, Blues, Country,Metal, Easy Listening, New Age, Sound-track, Gospel & Religious, World, Classical,Children’s and Others.

. Remove Track

Reset the mood setting of a track.

Restoring deleted dataDeleted music data can be restored by perform-ing the following.

1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “MusicBox System Info.” key on the screen.

2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and thenthe “Album/Track” key.

3. Select the “Restore Album/Track” key torestore the deleted music data.

You can also listen to the beginning of eachtrack that has been deleted by performing thefollowing.

1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “MusicBox System Info.” key on the screen.

2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and thenthe “Play Sample” key.

SAA1616

Music Box settingsTo set the Music box hard drive to your preferredsettings, select the “Menu” key during playback,“Music Box System Info.” key, and “MusicBox Settings” key with the multi-functioncontroller, and then push the ENTER button.

Automatic Recording:

When this item is turned to ON, the Music Boxhard drive automatically starts recording when aCD is inserted.

Recording Quality:

Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132kbps. The default is set to 132 kbps.


Black plate (182,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Title Text Priority:

Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc DataBase) to acquire track information from theGracenote Database or set to CD TEXT toacquire the information from CDs.

Delete ALL Music Box Data:

Delete all music data stored on the hard-disk.

GracenoteNOTE:

. The information contained in theGracenote Database is not fully guar-anteed.

. The service of the Gracenote Databaseon the Internet may be stopped withoutprior notice for maintenance.

End-User License Agreement

USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP-TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW.

Gracenote® MusicID® Terms of Use

This device contains software from Gracenote,Inc. of Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). Thesoftware from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Soft-ware”) enables this application to do online discidentification and obtain music-related informa-tion, including name, artist, track, and title

information (“Gracenote Data”) from onlineservers (“Gracenote Servers”) and to performother functions. You may use Gracenote Dataonly by means of the intended End-Userfunctions of this device.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, theGracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers foryour own personal non-commercial use only.You agree not to assign, copy, transfer ortransmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace-note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOTTO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE-NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLYPERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to usethe Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,and Gracenote Servers will terminate if youviolate these restrictions. If your license termi-nates, you agree to cease any and all use of theGracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves allrights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft-ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including allownership rights. Under no circumstances willGracenote become liable for any payment to youfor any information that you provide. You agreethat Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights underthis Agreement against you directly in its ownname.

The Gracenote MusicID Service uses a unique

identifier to track queries for statistical purposes.The purpose of a randomly assigned numericidentifier is to allow the Gracenote MusicIDservice to count queries without knowing any-thing about who you are. For more information,see the web page for the Gracenote PrivacyPolicy for the Gracenote MusicID Service.

The Gracenote Software and each item ofGracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”Gracenote makes no representations or warran-ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracyof any Gracenote Data from in the GracenoteServers. Gracenote reserves the right to deletedata from the Gracenote Servers or to changedata categories for any cause that Gracenotedeems sufficient. No warranty is made that theGracenote Software or Gracenote Servers areerror-free or that functioning of GracenoteSoftware or Gracenote Servers will be unin-terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provideyou with new enhanced or additional data typesor categories that Gracenote may provide in thefuture and is free to discontinue its onlineservices at any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIESEXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-GEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOTWARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE


Black plate (183,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTESERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTEBE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL ORINCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOSTPROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.

Copyright:

Music recognition technology and related dataare provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is theindustry standard in music recognition technol-ogy and related content delivery. For moreinformation visit www.gracenote.com.

CD and music-related data from Gracenote,Inc., copyright *C 2000-2007 Gracenote.Gracenote Software, copyright *C 2000-2007Gracenote. This product and service maypractice one or more of the following U.S.P a t e n t s : #5 , 987 , 525 ; #6 ,061 ,680 ;#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, andother patents issued or pending. Some servicessupplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523. Gracenote andCDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote.The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the“Powered by Gracenote” logo are trademarksof Gracenote.

SAA0451

CD/CF (CompactFlash) CARE ANDCLEANING

CD. Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the

surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

CF cards. Never touch the terminal portion of the

CompactFlash cards. Do not bend thecards.

. Always place the cards in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. Do not place heavy objects on the cards.

. Do not store the cards in highly humidlocations.

. Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the cards.

Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner’sManual for the details.


Black plate (184,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2157With navigation system

SAA2158Without navigation system

1. Source select switch

2. ENTER (models with navigation system) or tuning(models without navigation system) switch

3. BACK switch

4. Volume control switch

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO

ENTER (models with navigation system)or tuning (models without navigationsystem) switchPush the switch upward or downward to selecta station, track, CD or folder when they are listedon the display. You can also use the ENTERswitch to select the items on the usual settingmenu screen.

After selecting an MP3 folder using the up anddown switch, push the ENTER switch tocomplete the selection.

While the display is in the NAVI, STATUS orAudio setting screen, some audio functions canalso be controlled using the ENTER switch. Thefunction varies depending on if you push theswitch shorter (less than 1.5 seconds) or longer(more than 1.5 seconds).

RADIO:

. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter

Next or previous preset station

. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer

Next or previous station

CD:


Next track or the beginning of the currenttrack


Disc change (if so equipped) (When onlyone disc is loaded, the 1st track of the discwill be selected.)

CD/CF with MP3/WMA (if so equipped):




Folder change (When the last folder on adisc is playing, the next disc will beselected.)

iPod® (models with navigation system):


Previous or next track (Start/Pause or Menucan be selected when the ENTER button ispushed.)


Black plate (185,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


Rewind or fast forward search

Music Box hard drive (models with navi-gation system):




Playlist change (When the last playlist isplaying, the next playlist will be selected.)

BACK switchPush this switch to go back to the previousscreen or cancel the selection if it is notcompleted.

Volume control switchesPush the upper (+) or lower (−) side switch toincrease or decrease the volume.

SOURCE select switchPushing the source select switch for changingthe mode as follows:

. Models with navigation system

AM ? FM ? SAT ? iPod® ? Music Box ?CD ? CompactFlash

. Models without navigation system

AM ? FM ? CD ? AUX ? SAT*

*: if so equipped

ANTENNA

Window antennaThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may causepoor reception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Black plate (186,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology, you can make or receive a telephone callwith your cellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting

procedure is required anymore. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position with the registeredcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-ports the phone commands, so dialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible. For moredetails, see “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigation system)” laterin this section; page 4-82.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM


Black plate (187,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, behind a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order notto be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, please visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging,cellular phone antenna, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor will notcoincide with the antenna display of somecellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly aswell as to minimize its echoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

FCC Regulatory information— CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

— Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interference and

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information— Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

— This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:

BLUETOOTH® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,U.S.A.

VOICE COMMANDS

You can use voice commands to operate variousBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System featuresusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

For more details, see “NISSAN VOICE RE-COGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation


Black plate (188,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

system)” later in this section; page 4-82.

SAA2284

CONTROL BUTTONS1) PHONE button

2) TALK/PHONE SEND button

SAA1895

PAIRING PROCEDURE

1. Push the PHONE button or the button,and select the “Pair phone” key on thedisplay using the multi-function controller.Then push the ENTER button.


Black plate (189,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1572

2. Select the “None (Add New)” key from thename list of the phones, and push theENTER button.

SAA1925

3. When a PIN code appears on the screen,operate the compatible Bluetooth® cellularphone to enter the PIN code.

The pairing procedure of the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phone. Seethe cellular phone Owner’s Manual for thedetails. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or callNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department forinstructions on pairing NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.

When the pairing is completed, the screenwill return to the Bluetooth® setup display.

SAA1574

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION

Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in thephonebook.

1. Push the SETTING button, and select the“PHONE” key on the display using themulti-function controller. Then push theENTER button.

2. Select the “Phonebook” key, and push theENTER button.

3. Select the “None (Add New)” key from thename list of the phonebook, and push theENTER button.


Black plate (190,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1575

4. Select the “Transfer via Bluetooth” key,and push the ENTER button in order toregister your cellular phone memory in thephonebook.

5. Operate the cellular phone to send aperson’s name and phone number from thememory of the cellular phone. The memorysending procedure from the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phonemanufacturer. See the cellular phone Own-er’s Manual for more details.

SAA1576

6. After the memory is registered in the phone-book, the system will ask if you want to adda voicetag for it. If you want to add avoicetag, select the “YES” key on the “Adda voicetag?” screen. For example, if thepartner’s name is David, speak “David” aftera tone. The “David” voicetag is stored in thephonebook. Voicetags allow easy dialingusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys-tem. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigation system)”later in this section; page 4-82.)

7. When the phonebook registration is com-pleted, the screen will return to the name listof the phonebook.

. To confirm the stored voicetags, selectthe “Voicetag Directory” key using themulti-function controller, and push theENTER button.

. There are different methods to input aphone number. Select one of the follow-ing options instead of “Transfer viaBluetooth” in step 4 above.

— Enter Data by Keypad

Input the name and phone number manuallyusing the keypad displayed on the screen.(See “HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN”earlier in this section.)

— Copy from Downloaded Phonebook

Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth®

cellular phone. The availability of this func-tion depends on each cellular phone. Thecopying procedure also varies according toeach cellular phone. See cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for more details.

— Copy from Outgoing Call Logs

Store the name and phone number from theoutgoing call list.

— Copy from Incoming Call Logs

Store the name and phone number from theincoming call list.


Black plate (191,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

— Delete

Delete a contact that is registered in thephonebook.

SAA1895

MAKING A CALL

To make a call, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel or the button on the steeringwheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear onthe display.

2. Select the “Call (Phonebook)” key on the“PHONE” menu, and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Select the registered person’s name fromthe list, and push the ENTER button. Dialingwill start and the screen will change to thecall-in-progress screen.

4. After the call is over, perform one of thefollowing to finish the call.

a. Select the “Hang up” key and push theENTER button.

b. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

c. Push the PHONE button on the instru-ment panel.

There are different methods to make a call.Select one of the following options instead of“Call (Phonebook)” in step 2 above.

. Redial

Dials the previously called number by theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

. Call (Call Logs)

Select the name or phone number from theincoming or outgoing call logs.

. Call (Downloaded)

Select the name or phone number from thedownloaded call list.

. Dial (Keypad)

Input the phone number manually using thekeypad displayed on the screen. (See“HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN” earlierin this section.)


Black plate (192,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1578

RECEIVING A CALL

When you hear a phone ring, the display willchange to the incoming call mode. To receive acall, perform one of the following procedureslisted below.

a) Select the “Answer” key on the display andpush the ENTER button.

b) Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

c) Push the button on the steering wheel.

There are some options available when receivinga call. Select one of the following displayed onthe screen.

. Answer

Accept an incoming call to talk.

. On Hold

Put an incoming call on hold.

. Reject Call

Reject an incoming call.

To finish the call, perform one of thefollowing procedures listed below.

a) Select the “Hang up” key on the displayand push the ENTER button.

b) Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

c) Push the button on the steering wheel.

SAA1579

DURING A CALL

There are some options available during a call.Select one of the following displayed on thescreen if necessary.

. Hang up

Finish the call.

. Use Handset

Transfer the call to the cellular phone.

. Mute

Mute your voice to the person.


Black plate (193,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Keypad

Send a dial tone to the caller for usingnetwork services such as voice mail.

. Cancel Mute

This will appear after “Mute” is selected.Mute will be canceled.

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder orquieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)on the steering wheel or turn the volume controlknob on the instrument panel while talking onthe phone. This adjustment is also available inthe SETTING mode.

SAA1580

PHONE SETTING

To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to your preferred settings, push theSETTING button on the instrument panel andselect the “PHONE” key on the display, andthen push the ENTER button.

PhonebookSee “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier inthis section for adding, editing and deleting acontact.

SAA1581

Downloaded PhonebookRefer to the following information for each item.

. Download All

Download all of the contacts registered inthe Bluetooth® cellular phone. Availability ofthis function depends on each cellularphone. The memory downloading procedurefrom the cellular phone also varies accordingto each cellular phone. See cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for more details.

. Delete Downloaded Phonebook

Delete a downloaded phonebook.


Black plate (194,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone-book

Delete an entry from the downloadedphonebook.

Automatic HoldIf this item is turned on, an incoming call will beplaced on hold automatically after several rings.

Use Vehicle RingtoneIf this item is turned on, a specific ringtone that isdifferent from the cellular phone’s will soundwhen receiving a call.

Delete Call LogsDelete all of the incoming or outgoing call logsfrom the list.

Bluetooth SetupSee the following information for each item.

. Bluetooth

If this setting is turned off, the connectionbetween the cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module will be canceled.

. Bluetooth Info

Check information about the device name,device PIN and connection status.

. Pair Phone

See “PAIRING PROCEDURE” later in thissection.

. Priority Change

Use this command to change the prioritylevel of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phonewill be connected to the system when morethan one paired Bluetooth® phone is in thevehicle.

The system states the priority level of theactive phone and asks for a new priority level(1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being usedfor another phone, the two phones will swappriority levels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:Priority Level 1 = Phone APriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone Cand you change the priority level of Phone Cto Level 1, then:Priority Level 1 = Phone CPriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone A

. Remove Paired Phone

Delete a registered cellular phone from thepaired list.

. Paired Phone List

Up to 5 registered cellular phones areshown on the list. If you select a cellularphone that is different from the one currentlybeing connected, the newly selected phonewill be connected to the system.

. Edit Phone Name

Rename the registered cellular phones usingthe keypad displayed on the screen. (See“HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN” earlierin this section.)


Black plate (195,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system)” later inthis section; page 4-82.)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy touse the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects thewrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier in thissection.)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (196,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

SAA2316

1. Volume control switch −/+2. PHONE SEND button

3. PHONE END button

4. Microphone

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology, you can make or receive a hands-freetelephone call with your cellular phone in yourpocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no other phone connect-

ing procedure is required anymore. Your phoneis automatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position with the registeredcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATIONSYSTEM


Black plate (197,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

phone module before using the Bluetooth®


. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recommended phonelist.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.

When the radio wave condition is not ideal orambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult tohear the other person’s voice during a call.

Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position, it may be impossible to receivea call for a short period of time.

Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality

degradation and wireless connection disruption.

While a cellular phone is connected through theBluetooth® wireless connection, the batterypower of the cellular phone may dischargequicker than usual.

If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, see “Troubleshoot-ing guide” later in this section. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for troubleshoot-ing help.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging, cellularphone antenna, etc.

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as wellas to minimize its echoes.

If reception between callers is unclear, adjustingthe incoming or outgoing call volume mayimprove the clarity.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this device

may not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment. This equipment should be installedand operated with minimum distance 8 in (20cm) between the radiator and your body. ThisTransmitter must not be co-located or operatingin conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

USING THE SYSTEM

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will announce “Hands-freephone system not ready” and will not react tovoice commands.


Black plate (198,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the follow-ing:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.

. Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pushand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is given whenthe command is accepted.

. If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.

. If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please try again.” Repeat the command ina clear voice.

. If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

. You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You canalso push the button on the steeringwheel at any time. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is played toindicate you have exited the system.

. If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

How to say numbersNISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands.Refer to the rules and examples below.

. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh

oh”, or

— “One eight zero zero six six two six two ohoh”

. Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,

— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixtytwo hundred, and

— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty twohundred.

. Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continuingentering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six six two”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six two zero zero”

. You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for“#” at any time in any position of the phone


Black plate (199,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

number. (Available only when using the “CallInternational” command.)

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

— “One five five five one two one two starone two three”

. Say “plus” for “+” (available only when usingthe “Call International” command).

. Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (availableonly when storing a phone book number).

See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” later inthis section and “Call” later in this section formore information.

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

The voice command “Help” is available at anytime. Please say the “Help” command to getinformation about how to use the system.

SAA2286

CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

TALK/PHONE SEND

Push the button to initiate a VR session oranswer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to skip throughsystem feedback and to enter commands duringa call. See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” laterin this section and “DURING A CALL” earlier inthis section for more information.

MODE/PHONE END

Push the button to cancel a VR session orend a call.

GETTING STARTED

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Foradditional command options, refer to “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

Choosing a languageYou can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System using English, Spanish or French.

To change the language, perform the following.

1. Press and hold the button for morethan 5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Press the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or press the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

3. Press the button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see“SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE”later in this section.

4. The system announces the current languageand gives you the option to change the


Black plate (200,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French(in French). Use the following chart to selectthe language.

NOTE:You must press the button or the

button within 5 seconds to changethe language.

Current lan-guage

Press(TALK/PHONESEND) to select

Press(MODE/

PHONE END)to select

English Spanish French

Spanish English French

French English Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the language, donot press either button. After 5 seconds, theVR session will end, and the language willnot be changed.

Pairing procedure

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Say: “Setup” *A . The system acknowl-edges the command and announces thenext set of available commands.

3. Say: “Pair phone”*B . The system acknowl-edges the command and announces thenext set of available commands.

4. Say: “New phone” *C . The system ac-knowledges the command and asks you toinitiate pairing from the phone handset *D .

When you are asked to enter a PIN code forpairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone,operate it to enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of the

number of phones paired.

The pairing procedure of the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phone. Seethe cellular phone Owner’s Manual fordetails. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on pairingNISSAN recommended cellular phones.

5. The system asks you to say a name for thephone *E .

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if more than one phone is paired andthe name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

6. The system asks you to assign a priority level*F . The priority level determines whichphone is active when more than one pairedBluetooth® phone is in the vehicle. Followthe instructions provided by the system orrefer to “Setup” later in this section for moreinformation on changing priorities.

7. The system will ask if you would like toselect a custom ring tone *G . Follow theinstructions provided by the system or referto “Setup” later in this section for moreinformation on selecting ringtones.


Black plate (201,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

1. Push the button on steering wheel. Atone will sound.

2. Say: “Call” *A . The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

Say: “Call International” *B to dial morethan 10 digits or any special characters.

3. Say the number you wish to call *C . Forexample, 555-1212 can be said as “five fivefive one two one two.” See “How to saynumbers” earlier in this section for moreinformation.

4. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

5. Say: “Dial” *D . The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

Receiving a callWhen you hear the ring tone, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the buttonon the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ring tone, press the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.

For additional command options, see “LIST OFVOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

When you push and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and thecommands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of commandscurrently available anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

If you want to end an action without completingit, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime thesystem is waiting for a response. The system willend the VR session. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command,you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytimethe system is waiting for a response.

When you get used to the menus in the system,you can talk ahead by saying more than onecommand at a time. For example, say, “Call fivefive five one two one two” or “Memo padrecord.”

Also, when you get used to the systemresponses, you can skip ahead to the tone bypressing the button on the steering wheel.However, if you press the button when thesystem is waiting for a response from you it willend the VR session.


Black plate (202,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Call

Name (speak name) *AIf you have stored entries in the Phone Book, youcan dial a number associated with a name andlocation.

See “Phone book” later in this section to learnhow to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phone book entry you wish to call. Thesystem acknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associated withthe name, the system asks you to choose thelocation.

Once you have confirmed the name andlocation, the system begins the call.

Number (speak digits) *BWhen prompted by the system, say the numberyou wish to call. Refer to “How to say numbers”

earlier in this section and “Making a call byentering a phone number” earlier in this sectionfor more details.

“Redial” *CUse the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed within the vehicle.

NOTE:

The system will not redial the last numberdialed by the handset keypad.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.

“Call back” *DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the last incoming call within the vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing. If a callback number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”and ends the VR session.

International

When you would like to enter a phone numberother than in 3-3-4 digit format, say “interna-tional”. When the system acknowledges this

command, the system will prompt you to speakthe number you wish to enter.

During a call

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Press the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and entercommands.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

. “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.

. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.

. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers during a call.For example, if you were directed to dial anextension by an automated system:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call.

. “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to


Black plate (203,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

the cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.

You can also issue the Transfer Callcommand again to return to a hands-freecall through the vehicle.

. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or thecellular phone network connection is lostwhile the Mute feature is on, the Mutefeature may need to be reset to “off.”

Phone bookThe Phone Book stores up to 40 names for eachphone paired with the system. Each name can

have up to 4 locations/phone numbers asso-ciated with it.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected withPhone B.

“New entry” *AUse the New Entry command to store a newname in the system.

When prompted by the system, say the nameyou would like to give the new entry.

For example, say: “Mary.”

If the name is too long or too short, the systemtells you, then prompts you for a name again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like a namealready stored, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

Once the system accepts the name and youconfirm it is correct, the system asks for alocation (Home, Office, Mobile or Other).

For example, say: “Home.”

The system acknowledges the location. Thesystem will ask you to say a phone number or totransfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory (if so equipped):

Say: “Transfer entry.”

The system acknowledges the command andasks you to initiate the transfer from the phonehandset. The new contact phone number will betransferred from the cellular phone via theBluetooth® communication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions ontransferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-commended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber. The system then asks if you would liketo store another location for the same name. Ifyou do not wish to store another location, thesystem ends the VR session.


Black plate (204,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

“Edit” *BUse the Edit command to alter an existing phonebook entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or 4th phonenumber to an existing entry.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe entry you wish to edit.

The system acknowledges the name and asksyou for the location you would like to edit.

Say the name of the location. The systemacknowledges the location. The system will askyou to say a phone number or to transfer aphone number stored in the cellular phone’smemory.

To enter a phone number by voice command:

For example, say: “five five five one two onetwo.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory (if so equipped):

Say: “Transfer entry.”

The system acknowledges the command andasks you to initiate the transfer from the phonehandset. The new contact phone number will betransferred from the cellular phone via theBluetooth® communication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to each

cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions ontransferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-commended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you havefinished entering numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber, then announces that the entry has beenstored. The system then ends the VR session.

“Delete” *CUse the Delete command to erase one entryfrom the phone book, all entries from the phonebook, the current redial number or the currentcall back number.

To delete entries from the phone book, say aname or “All entries” when prompted by thesystem.

The system acknowledges the command andasks you to confirm the deletion.

To delete the current redial number or call backnumber, say “redial number” or “call backnumber” when prompted by the system.

If a redial number or a call back number exists,the system deletes them without asking forconfirmation.

If there is no number for the entry you are tryingto delete, the system says so and ends the VRsession.

“List names” *DUse the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.

The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem returns to the main menu.

You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pressing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.

Memo pad

The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voicememos, each up to 20 seconds long.

“Play” *AThe system plays back all the memos in theorder of newest to oldest. The system ends theVR session.


Black plate (205,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If there are no memos recorded, the systemannounces “No messages to play.” The systemends the VR session.

“Record” *BThe system announces “Recording” and a tonesounds signaling you to begin.

Speak the information you wish to record clearly.When you are done, press the orbutton on the steering wheel.

A tone sounds and the system announces“Memo recorded.” Another tone sounds to endthe VR session.

If the memo pad is full, the system asks if youwish to record over the oldest memo.

“Delete” *CThe Delete command erases all memos. Thesystem asks you to confirm this action beforedeleting all memos.

Setup

Use the Setup command to change optionsassociated with the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System.

“Pair phone” *AUse the Pair Phone command to pair acompatible phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System.

When you are asked to enter a PIN code forpairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone, operate itto enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of thenumber of phones paired.

Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try to pair asixth phone, the system announces that youmust first delete one phone or replace an

existing phone.

If you try to pair a phone that has already beenpaired to your vehicle’s system, the systemannounces the name the phone is already using.The pairing procedure will then be cancelled.

When prompted by the system, choose from thefollowing commands:

. “New phone” — Refer to “PAIRING PRO-CEDURE” earlier in this section.

. “Replace phone” — The system announcesthe names of the phones already paired andasks which you would like to replace.

Once you say the name of the phone youwish to replace, the paring procedure willbegin. Refer to “Pairing procedure” earlier inthis section.

. “List phones” — See the description below.

“List phones” *BUse the List Phones command to hear thenames of the phones currently paired. If nophones are paired, the system announces, “Nopaired phones to list.” The system then ends theVR session.

“Select phone” *CUse the Select Phone command to select aphone of lesser priority when two or more


Black plate (206,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

phones paired with Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System are in the vehicle at the sametime.

The system asks you to name the phone andconfirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the selectedphone remains active until the ignition switch isturned OFF or you select a new phone.

“Change priority” *DUse the Change Priority command to changethe priority level of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phone isactive when more than one paired Bluetooth®

phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of the activephone and asks for a new priority level (1, 2, 3,4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being used foranother phone, the two phones will swap prioritylevels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:

Priority Level 1 = Phone A

Priority Level 2 = Phone B

Priority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of Phone C to

Level 1, then:

Priority Level 1 = Phone C

Priority Level 2 = Phone B

Priority Level 3 = Phone A

“Delete phone” *EUse the Delete Phone command to delete aspecific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth®


The system announces the names of the phonesalready paired with the system and their prioritylevel. The system then gives you the option todelete a specific phone, all phones or listen tothe list again.

Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones,the system asks you to confirm this action.

NOTE:

When you delete a phone, the associatedphone book for that phone will also bedeleted.

“Select ringtone” *FUse the Select Ringtone command to select thetone heard in the vehicle when an incoming callis received.

The system announces the name of the activephone and asks you to choose from the

following commands:

. “Ringtone” — The system plays a ringtoneand asks if you would like to select that tone.If you say no, the system plays the nextringtone available and continues to cyclethrough the ringtones until you select one orquit.

. “Silent” — The system asks you to confirmyour wish to disable the ringtone.

“Bluetooth off” *GUse the Bluetooth Off command to turn off theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System isoff, you will not be able to make or receive callsusing NISSAN Voice Recognition. Also, you willnot have access to the Phone Book.

You can still use the Memo Pad and accessSetup.

To turn on the system again, choose theBluetooth On command from the Setup com-mand.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a number ofcommands, the users can create a voice modelof their own voice that is stored in the system.


Black plate (207,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The system is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for memory A andmemory B.

If memory A is available, the system will usememory A to store the model. If memory A is inuse and memory B is available, the system willuse memory B to store the model. If both of thememory locations are in use, the system will askthe user to select which memory location shouldbe overwritten.

Training procedure1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet

outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press and hold the button for morethan 5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Press the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or press the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

5. Press the button.

For information on selecting a differentlanguage, see “Choosing a language” earlierin this section.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is selectedautomatically. If both memory locations arealready in use, the system will prompt you tooverwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, press the button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.

10. The system will ask you to say your name.Follow the instructions to register yourname.

11. The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

. The button is pressed for more than 5seconds in SA mode.

. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF orLOCK position.

Training phrasesDuring the SA mode, the system instructs you tosay the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

. phone book new entry

. dial three oh four two nine

. delete call back number

. setup pair phone

. memo pad play

. eight pause nine three two pause seven

. delete all entries

. call seven two four zero nine

. phone book delete entry

. memo pad record

. dial star two one seven oh

. Yes

. No

. select ring tone

. dial eight five six nine two

. Bluetooth on

. setup change priority


Black plate (208,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. call three one nine oh two

. nine seven pause pause three oh eight

. Cancel

. call back number

. call star two zero nine five

. delete phone

. dial eight three zero five one

. Home

. four three pause two nine pause zero

. delete redial number

. phone book list names

. call eight oh five four one

. Correction

. setup change ring tone

. dial seven four oh one eight

. setup main menu

. Delete

. dial nine seven two six six

. memo pad delete

. call seven six three oh one

. go back

. call five six two eight zero

. dial six six four three seven


Black plate (209,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is toonoisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out toimprove the recognition response for the speaker. See “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE” earlier in thissection.

The system consistently selects the wrong entry fromthe phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed byusing the “List Names” command. See “Phone book” earlier in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Black plate (210,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-freeoperation of the systems equipped on thisvehicle in one of two modes, Standard Modeor Alternate Command Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that are availableare always shown on the display and announcedby the system. You can complete your desiredoperation by simply following the prompts givenby the system. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOG-NITION STANDARD MODE” later in this sectionfor details.) In this mode, hands-free operation ofAudio, Air Conditioner and Display is notavailable through NISSAN Voice Recognition.

For advanced operation, you can use theAlternate Command Mode that enables theoperation of the display, audio, and air condi-tioner through NISSAN Voice Recognition. (See“NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATECOMMAND MODE” later in this section fordetails.) When this mode is active, an expandedlist of commands can be spoken after pushingthe TALK switch, and the voice commandmenu prompts are turned off. Note that in thismode the recognition success rate may beaffected as the number of available commandsand the ways of speaking each command areincreased.

For U.S. customers, the Standard Mode isselected by default. For Canadian customers,the Alternate Command Mode is the defaultmode. To switch one mode to another, see each

mode description later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate whenAlternate Command Mode is active, try using theSpeaker Adaptation Function available in thatmode. Otherwise, it is recommended thatAlternate Command Mode be turned off andStandard Mode be used for the best recognitionperformance.

For the voice commands for the navigationsystem, refer to the Navigation System Owner’sManual of your vehicle.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSTANDARD MODE

The following section is applicable when theStandard Mode is activated. (This mode isselected by default for U.S. customers.)

The Standard Mode enables you to completethe desired operation by simply following theprompts that appear on the display and also areannounced by the system. Hands-free operationof Audio, Air Conditioner and Display systems isnot available in this mode.

SAA1566

Activating Standard ModeWhen the Alternate Command Mode is active,perform the following steps to switch to theStandard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel.

2. Highlight the “Others” key on the displayand then push the ENTER button.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key andthen push the ENTER button.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigationsystem)


Black plate (211,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1917

4. Highlight the “Alternate CommandMode” key and push the ENTER button.

5. The indicator turns off and the StandardMode activates.

Displaying user guideIf you use the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the UserGuide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.

SAA2164

1. Push the INFO button on the instrumentpanel.

2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” keyusing the multi-function controller and pushthe ENTER button.

3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using themulti-function controller and push the EN-TER button.

4. Highlight an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say“Help”.

Available items:

. Getting Started

Describes the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Finding a Street Address

Tutorial for entering a destination by streetaddress.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips of speaking for correctcommand recognition by the system.

. Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognitionsettings.

Note that the Command List feature is onlyavailable when Alternate Command Mode isactive.


Black plate (212,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1904

Getting StartedBefore using the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time, you can confirm how touse commands by viewing the Getting Startedsection of the User Guide.

1. Highlight “Getting Started” and push theENTER button.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling thescreen using the multi-function controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the NISSANVoice Recognition system

If you choose “Finding a Street Address” or“Placing Calls”, you can view tutorials on how toperform these operations using NISSAN Voice

Recognition.

SAA2165

Useful tips for correct operationYou can display useful speaking tips to help thesystem recognize your voice commands cor-rectly.

Highlight “Help on Speaking” and push theENTER button.


Black plate (213,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2166

Voice recognition settingsThe available settings of the NISSAN VoiceRecognition system are described.

1. Highlight “Voice Recognition Settings” andpush the ENTER button.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling thescreen using the multi-function controller.

USING THE SYSTEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voice

commands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes, the displaywill show the message: “Phonetic data down-loaded. Please wait.” or a beep sounds.

Before startingTo get the best recognition performance fromNISSAN Voice Recognition, observe the follow-ing:

. The interior of the vehicle should be as quietas possible. Close the windows to eliminatethe surrounding noises (traffic noise andvibration sounds, etc.), which may preventthe system from correctly recognizing thevoice commands.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fanspeed is automatically lowered so that yourcommands can be recognized more easily.

SAA2167

Giving voice commands1. Push the TALK switch located on the

steering wheel.


Black plate (214,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1908

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Would you liketo access Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.

4. Continue to follow the voice menu promptsand speak after the tone sounds until yourdesired operation is completed.

Operating tips:

. Say a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are always

shown on the display and spoken throughvoice menu prompts. Commands other thanthose that are displayed are not accepted.Please follow the prompts given by thesystem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, pushand hold the TALK switch. Themessage, “Voice cancelled” will be an-nounced.

. Push the TALK switch to pause theoperation. Push the TALK switch againto restart the operation.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlbuttons [+] or [−] on the steering switch oruse the audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)

Examples

. 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero six six two six twozero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phonenumbers by saying the phone number in threegroups of numbers. For example, when you try tocall 800-662-6200, say “eight zero zero” first,and the system will then ask you for the nextthree digits. Then, say “six six two”. Afterrecognition, the system will then ask for the lastfour digits. Say, “six two zero zero”. Using thismethod of phone digit entry can improverecognition performance.

When speaking a house number, speak thenumber “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (Oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “zero”. You can only say“zero” for “0 (zero)”.


Black plate (215,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Command List

Category Command:

Command Action

Phone Operates Phone function

Navigation Operates Navigation function

Information Displays vehicle Information function

Help Displays User Guide

. Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Redial Makes a call to the latest dialed number.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized. (Available during phone number entry)

. Navigation Command:

See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

. Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.


Black plate (216,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Voice command examplesTo use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function,speaking one command is sometimes sufficient,but at other times it is necessary to speak two ormore commands. As examples, some additionalbasic operations by voice commands aredescribed here.

For navigation system commands, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA2167

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phonenumber 800-662-6200:

1. Push the TALK switch located on thesteering wheel.

SAA1908

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”

3. Speak “Phone”.


Black plate (217,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1909

4. Speak “Dial Number”.

SAA1910

5. Speak “8 0 0”.

SAA1911

6. The system announces, “Please say the nextthree digits or dial, or say change number.”

7. Speak “6 6 2”.


Black plate (218,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1912

8. The system announces, “Please say the lastfour digits” or say change number.

9. Speak “6 2 0 0”.

SAA1913

10. The system announces, “Dial or ChangeNumber?”

11. Speak “Dial”.

12. The system makes a call to 800-620-6200.

Note:

. You can also speak “800-620-6200” (10continuous digits) or “620-6200” (7 con-tinuous digits), if the area code is notnecessary. However, the 3-3-4 digit group-ing is recommended for improved recogni-tion. (See “How to speak numbers” earlier inthis section.)

. You can only say a phone number using the3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10 digits usingthis command. Please use the “InternationalCall” command for all other formats.

. If you say “Change Number” during phonenumber entry, the system will automaticallyrequest that you repeat the number usingthe 3-3-4 format. In this case please say thearea code first and then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the area codewhen speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize yourcommand, please try repeating the com-mand using a natural voice. Speaking tooslow or too loudly may further decreaserecognition performance.


Black plate (219,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA2167

Example 2 - Placing an international call tothe phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

1. Push the TALK switch located on thesteering wheel.

SAA1908

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

SAA1909

4. Speak “International Call”.


Black plate (220,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1914

5. Speak “01181111222333”.

SAA1915

6. Speak “Dial”.

7. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-3333.

Note:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL-TERNATE COMMAND MODE

The following section is applicable when Alter-nate Command Mode is activated. (This mode isselected by default for Canadian customers.)

The Alternate Command Mode enables theoperation of the display, audio, and air condi-tioner through Voice Recognition. When thismode is active, an expanded list of commandscan be spoken after pushing the TALKswitch, and the voice command menu promptsare turned off.

Please note that in this mode the recognitionsuccess rate may be affected as the number ofavailable commands and ways of speaking eachcommand are increased. To improve the recog-nition success rate, try using the SpeakerAdaptation Function available in that mode.(See “Speaker adaptation function (for AlternateCommand Mode)” later in this section.)

In the Alternate Command Mode, review theexpanded command list for this mode, as somecommands available in the Standard Mode arereplaced. Please see the examples on thescreen.


Black plate (221,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1566

Activating Alternate Command ModeWhen the Standard Mode is active, perform thefollowing steps to switch to the AlternateCommand Mode.


2. Highlight the “Others” key on the displayand then push the ENTER button.


SAA2168

4. Highlight the “Alternate CommandMode” key and push the ENTER button.

5. The confirmation message is displayed onthe screen. Push the “OK” key to activatethe Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command listIf you are controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or do not know theappropriate voice command, perform the follow-ing procedure for displaying the voice commandlist (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

SAA1545



3. Highlight the “Command List” key usingthe multi-function controller and push theENTER button.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say“Help”.


Black plate (222,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1901

4. Highlight a category using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

SAA2031


6. If necessary, scroll the screen using themulti-function controller to view the entirelist.

7. Press the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.


Black plate (223,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

List of help commands

Navigation Commands:

See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

Phone Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Redial Redials the phone number last dialed.

Dial Number Dials the phone number given in the command.

Phonebook Shows the first page of the “Phonebook” list.

Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history (1 to 5).

Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history (1 to 5).

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Audio Commands:

. Music Box

COMMAND ACTION

Music Box Turns on the “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.

. Radio

COMMAND ACTION

Radio Turns the radio on, selecting the station and band last played.

Radio AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

Radio FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.


Black plate (224,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Satellite

COMMAND ACTION

Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on, selecting the station and band last played.

. CD

COMMAND ACTION

CD Starts to play a CD.

. Audio

COMMAND ACTION

Audio OFF Turns the audio system off.

. iPod®

COMMAND ACTION

iPod® Turns the iPod® system on.

Vehicle Information Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen.

Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen.


Black plate (225,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Climate Commands:

COMMAND ACTION

Climate Control Turns the air conditioner system on and operates it in the AUTO mode.

Climate Control OFF Turns the air conditioner system off.


Black plate (226,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAA1783

Displaying user guideYou can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.



3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using themulti-function controller and push the EN-TER button.

SAA2170


Available items:

. Getting Started

Describe the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.

. Using the Address Book

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips for how to correctlyspeak commands in order for them to beproperly recognized by the system.

. Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognitionsettings.

. Speaker Adaptation

Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.

USING THE SYSTEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes the display willshow the message: “Phonetic data downloaded.Please wait.” or a beep sounds.

Before startingTo get the best performance from NISSANVoice Recognition, observe the following:


Black plate (227,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminate thesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. When the air conditioner is in the AUTOmode, the fan speed decreases automati-cally for easy recognition.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

SAA2167

Giving voice command1. Push and release the TALK switch

located on the steering wheel.

SAA1932

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.

Operating tips:

. Voice commands cannot be accepted whenthe icon is .

. The list displayed can be scrolled by tiltingthe ENTER switch on the steering wheel.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.


Black plate (228,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, pushand hold the TALK switch for 1 second.The message “Voice canceled” will beannounced.

. Push the TALK switch again to pausethe operation. Push the TALK switch torestart the operation.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlbuttons (+ or −) on the steering wheel oruse the audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.

Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to the follow-ing examples:

. 1-800-662-6200

— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two sixtwo zero zero.”

Note 1: For the best voice recognition phonedialing results, say phone numbers as singledigits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “five fivefive six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number, speakthe number “0” as “ zero”. If the letter “o ( Oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “ zero”. You can only say“zero” for “0 (Zero)”.

SAA1907

Speaker adaptation function (for Alter-nate Command Mode)The voice recognition system has a function tolearn the user’s voice for better voice recognitionperformance. The system can memorize thevoices of up to three persons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel, highlight the “Others” key on thedisplay and then push the ENTER button.


Black plate (229,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


3. Highlight the “Speaker Adaptation” keyand then push the ENTER button.

SAA1918

4. Select the user whose voice is memorizedby the system and push the ENTER button.

SAA2171

5. Select a category to be learned by thesystem from the following list and then pushthe ENTER button.

. Navigation

. Phone

. Audio

. Information

. Climate

The voice commands in the category aredisplayed.


Black plate (230,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

6. Select a voice command and then push theENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA1921

7. The system requests that you repeat acommand after a tone.

8. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speakthe command that the system requested.

9. When the system has recognized the voicecommand, the voice of the user is learned.

Push the switch or BACK button to returnto the previous screen.

If the system has learned the command cor-rectly, the voice command indicator on thescreen turns on.

SAA1922

Speaker Adaptation function settings:

Edit Name

Edit the user name using the keypad displayedon the screen.

Store Result

When this item is turned to ON, the voicerecognition system can easily recognize theuser’s voice that it has learned.

Reset Result

Resets the user’s voice that the voice recogni-tion system has learned.


Black plate (231,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you can havethe system learn the voice commands insuccession, without selecting commands oneby one.

Minimize voice feedback (for AlternateCommand Mode)To minimize the voice feedback from the system,perform the following steps.


2. Highlight the “Others” key using the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.


4. Highlight the “Minimize Voice Feed-back” key and push the ENTER button.

5. The item is turned to ON and the vocalfeedback is reduced if the voice recognitionsystem is activated.


Black plate (232,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30


The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for theappropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

Displays “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED” or thesystem fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.

NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag inthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREEPHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” earlier in this section; page 4-58.)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.


Black plate (233,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (234,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (16,1)

5 Starting and driving

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Operating range for engine start function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Push-button ignition switch operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Performance dampers (NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Black plate (236,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

If the engine oil temperature is high, theengine protection mode, which helps re-duce the chance of engine damage, couldactivate and automatically decrease en-gine power. Driving while the engine oiltemperature is high may result in enginedamage.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the rear hatch closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe rear hatch open, follow theseprecautions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation tooff and the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Black plate (237,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

grass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline seriouslyreduce the three-way catalyst’s abil-ity to help reduce exhaust pollu-tants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the level

to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Starting and driving 5-3

Black plate (238,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Additional information. The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “TIRE PRESSURE MON-

ITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. (See“FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for changing a

flat tire.)

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.


. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-


Black plate (239,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

— Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

— If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

— If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may cause un-

desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “SEATBELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to doso.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in

collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to the


Black plate (240,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

road surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gra-dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “CHANGING AFLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”section of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.


Black plate (241,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle exceptin an emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could leadto a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position (for automatic transmissionmodel) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position (for manual transmission model).

SSD0825

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTION

The Intelligent Key can only be used for startingthe engine when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


Black plate (242,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. The cargo room area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

SSD0661

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal (automatic transmis-sion model) or the clutch pedal (manualtransmission model), the ignition switch positionwill change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change to OFF.(No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return to LOCK

during the OFF position.

The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theftsteering lock device.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a right or left turnfrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, push theignition switch to the OFF position. Tounlock the steering wheel, push the igni-tion switch. If the steering lock releasemalfunction indicator appears on the ve-hicle information display, push the push-button ignition switch again while lightlyturning the steering wheel right and left.(See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY”in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.)

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information display.(See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

Automatic transmission modelsThe ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch position cannot be switched to LOCKuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)


Black plate (243,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.The ignition switch position indicator will notilluminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key insertedin the port.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is not

running.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

Automatic transmission models: The ignitionlock is designed so that the ignition switchcannot be switched to the LOCK position untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not run-ning for an extended period. This candischarge the battery.

SSD0826

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almostdischarged, the guide light*B of the IntelligentKey port*A blinks and the indicator appears onthe vehicle information display. (See “VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into theport *1 allows you to start the engine. Makesure that the key ring side faces backward asillustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the portuntil it is latched and secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push


Black plate (244,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

the ignition switch to the OFF position and pullthe Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The Intelligent Key port does not chargethe Intelligent Key battery. If you see thelow battery indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display, replace the battery as soonas possible. (See “INTELLIGENT KEY BAT-TERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

. Never place anything except theIntelligent Key in the IntelligentKey port. Doing so may cause da-mage to the equipment.

. Make sure the Intelligent Key is inthe correct direction when insertingit to the Intelligent Key port. Theengine may not start if it is in theincorrect direction.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF posi-tion.

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. (See “WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic Transmission (AT) model:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe selector lever is in either of the abovepositions.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. Depress the clutch pedal fully tothe floor.

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe clutch pedal is fully depressed.

The Intelligent Key must be carriedwhen operating the ignition switch.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal (AT model) or theclutch pedal (MT model) and push theignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.

. If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


Black plate (245,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

(approximately 1/3 to the floor) andwhile holding, crank the engine. Releasethe accelerator pedal when the enginestarts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switch tothe ON position to start cranking theengine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignition switchto OFF. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crankthe engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to start the engine.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto OFF and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

When racing the engine up to 4,500 rpm ormore under no load condition, the enginewill enter the fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever tothe P (Park) position (AT model) or move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MTmodel), and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

7 speed automatic transmissionThe automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmission con-trol module to produce maximum efficiency andsmooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this transmis-sion. Follow these procedures for maximumvehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal and push the selector lever buttonbefore shifting the selector lever to the R(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shiftmode position. Be sure the vehicle is fullystopped before attempting to shift the selectorlever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal mustbe depressed before shifting from P (Park)to any drive position while the ignitionswitch position is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position and into any of theother gear positions if the ignition switchis pushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACCposition.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Black plate (246,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the selector lever button to shift into adriving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) D(Drive), or manual shift mode. Al-ways depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to doso could cause you to lose controland have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving for-ward. Never shift to P (Park) or D(Drive) while vehicle is moving rear-ward. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have anaccident.

CAUTION

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD0827Selector lever

ShiftingTo move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the selector lever.

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park)to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manualshift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be selectedwithout pushing the button.


Black plate (247,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped and the transmission is in theP (Park) position.

P (Park) position:

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from the N (Neutral) position orany drive position to the P (Park) position.Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill,apply the parking brake first, then move theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from the P (Park) position, the N(Neutral) position or any drive position tothe R (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to the N (Neutral) position and restart astalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

SSD0828Paddle shifter

Manual shift modeWhen the selector lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for the manualshift mode. Shift ranges can be selectedmanually by moving the selector lever up ordown, or pulling the right-side or left-sidepaddle shifter.

When shifting up, move the selector lever to the+ (up) side or pull the right-side paddle shifter(+) *A . The transmission shifts to the higherrange.

When shifting down, move the selector lever tothe − (down) side or pull the left-side paddleshifter (−) *B . The transmission shifts to thelower range.


Black plate (248,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

When canceling the manual shift mode, returnthe selector lever to the D (Drive) position. Thetransmission returns to the normal driving mode.

When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D(Drive) position, the transmission will shift to theupper or lower range temporarily. The transmis-sion will automatically return to the D (Drive)position after a short period of time. If you wantto return to the D (Drive) position manually, pulland hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the transmission position indicatorin the meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1M?/ 2M

?/ 3M

?/ 4M

?/ 5M

?/ 6M

?/ 7M

7M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forward driving athighway speeds.

6M (6th) and 5M (5th):

Use this position when driving up long slopes, orfor engine braking when driving down longslopes.

4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

1M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow, orfor maximum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

. Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than 7thgear. This reduces fuel economy.

. Moving the selector lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succes-sion.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving perfor-mance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

Accelerator downshift— In D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into the lower gear, depend-ing on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, note thatthe transmission will be locked in any of theforward gears according to the condition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. This willoccur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position andwait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignitionswitch back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have a NISSAN dealercheck the transmission and repair if ne-cessary.


Black plate (249,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSD0829

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover *A using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock *B using a

suitable tool as illustrated.

5. Push the selector lever button*C and movethe selector lever to the N (Neutral) position*D while holding down the shift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON position tounlock the steering wheel. Now the vehicle maybe moved to the desired location.

If the battery is discharged completely, thesteering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do notmove the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have a NISSAN dealer check the automatictransmission system as soon as possible. SSD0536

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

ShiftingTo change gears, or when upshifting or down-shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift intoan appropriate gear, and then slowly andsmoothly release the clutch pedal.

This vehicle is equipped with a short throwshifter manual transmission. To ensure smoothgear changes, be sure to fully depress the clutchpedal before operating the shift lever. If theclutch pedal is not fully depressed before thetransmission is shifted, a gear noise may beheard. Transmission damage could occur.

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and upshift to 2nd,


Black plate (250,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord-ing to the vehicle speed.

To back up, depress the shift knob and thenmove the shift lever to the R (Reverse) positionafter stopping the vehicle completely.

The shift knob returns to its original positionwhen the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral)position.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1st (Low gear), shift to N (Neutral),then release the clutch pedal. Fully depress theclutch pedal again and shift into R or 1st.

WARNING

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

. Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

CAUTION

. Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This may da-mage the clutch.

. Fully depress the clutch pedal be-fore shifting to help prevent trans-mission damage.

. Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

. When the vehicle is stopped withthe engine running (for example, ata stop light), shift to N (Neutral) andrelease the clutch pedal with thefoot brake applied.

SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) (ifso equipped for Manual Transmissionmodels)The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) auto-matically adjusts the engine speed to match theselecting gear ratio while changing gears.

Precautions:

. Shift lever and clutch pedal operations arenot different than a conventional manualtransmission.

. Fully depress the clutch pedal. Insufficientpedal depression may cause slow responseof this system.

. When the clutch pedal is depressed withthe gear still engaged, the engine speed iskept at the proper level for the engaged

gear. Thus, the engine speed may be kepthigh depending on the gear position andvehicle speed.

. When the clutch pedal is depressed withthe transmission in neutral, the systemoperates for approximately 2 seconds, andthen the engine speed will decrease to theidle speed.

. When the engine coolant temperature is lowright after starting the engine, engine speedsynchronization will be delayed or may beinsufficient.

. The system controls the engine speed up tothe rev limit. Note that S-MODE is not afunction that prevents over-revving resultingfrom shifting mistakes.

. The system does not operate while thevehicle is backing up.

. If the engine speed is limited lower thanusual when the engine oil temperature isextremely high, the system will control up tothe limited engine speed.

. If the malfunction indicator light illuminates,the system may not operate and the S-MODE indicator turns off.


Black plate (251,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSD0830

SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) warn-ing:

The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) warn-ing will appear on the vehicle information displayand the S-MODE indicator will turn off if asystem malfunction occurs.

If the warning appears, the S-MODE functionwill not operate, but manual transmission willoperate normally and driving can be continued.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SSD0831

Activating the system:

To activate the S-MODE, push the S-MODEswitch *A . The S-MODE indicator *B on thetachometer will show “S”. To deactivate, pushand hold the S-MODE switch for more than 1second. The S-MODE indicator will turn off.

While the S-MODE is off, you can drive thevehicle as a conventional manual transmissionmodel.

Note that the status of the S-MODE (on or off) ismemorized even after the ignition switch isturned off; however, it will be initialized (off)when the battery is disconnected.

The transmission position indicator *C showsthe selected gear: N (Neutral), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, R(Reverse).

SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) op-eration:

The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) auto-matically adjusts the engine speed by controllingthe engine throttle. The accelerator pedal doesnot have to be depressed.

The system detects the clutch pedal and shiftlever operations, and then calculates the targetengine speed using the shifting gear positionand the vehicle speed information.

The system provides accurate engine speedcontrol that helps achieve quick gear shiftingand reduces shift shock on clutch engagement.

. When downshifting:

The engine speed is automatically increasedto the target engine speed before the clutchis engaged.


Black plate (252,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. When upshifting:

The engine speed is automatically kept afterthe engine speed lowers to the targetengine speed.

Rapid clutch engagement before the enginespeed lowers to the target engine speedmay cause shift shock.

. When depressing the clutch pedal withthe gear engaged:

The engine speed is automatically kept atthe proper engine speed for the engagedgear.

This function will not operate when low (1st)gear is selected.

There is a delay between the clutch pedaloperation and the S-MODE operation. Makesure the engine speed is adjusted beforeengaging the clutch again.

SSD0832

Upshift indicator (if so equipped forManual Transmission models)The manual transmission up-shift indicator islocated in the tachometer and shows the driverthe timing to shift into a higher gear byilluminating. The use of the up-shift indicatorwill help you to upshift at a constant enginespeed from any gear.

The up-shift indicator will start flashing when theengine speed reaches about 500 rpm before theset figure while driving, and then illuminate afterthe engine speed reaches the set figure.

The engine speed for upshifting can be set onthe vehicle information display. See “Setting” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.

There may be a slight difference betweenthe timing of the up-shift indicator illumi-nation and the tachometer indication.


Black plate (253,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Suggested up-shift speedsShown below are suggested vehicle speeds forshifting into a higher gear. These suggestionsrelate to fuel economy and vehicle performance.Actual up-shift speeds will vary according toroad conditions, the weather and individualdriving habits.

For normal acceleration in low altitude areas[less than 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]:

Gear change MPH (km/h)

1st to 2nd 8 (13)

2nd to 3rd 16 (26)

3rd to 4th 25 (40)

4th to 5th 28 (45)

5th to 6th 33 (53)

For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or inhigh altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]:

Gear change MPH (km/h)

1st to 2nd 15 (24)

2nd to 3rd 25 (40)

3rd to 4th 40 (64)

4th to 5th 45 (72)

5th to 6th 50 (80)

Suggested maximum speed in each gearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level roaddriving, use the highest gear suggested for thatspeed. Always observe posted speed limits, anddrive according to the road conditions, whichwill ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev theengine when shifting to a lower gear as it maycause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.

Gear MPH (km/h)

1st 38 (62)

2nd 63 (102)

3rd 91 (146)

4th —

5th —

6th —

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

PARKING BRAKE


Black plate (254,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SPA2110

To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up *1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. While pulling up on the parking brake leverslightly, push the button *2 and lower thelever completely *3 .

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-dicator light on the meter panel will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The CRUISE indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turned ONwhile pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE,SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To prop-erly set the cruise control system, performthe following procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On manual transmission models, do notshift into N (Neutral) without depres-sing the clutch pedal when the cruisecontrol is set. Should this occur, de-press the clutch pedal and turn themain switch off immediately. Failure todo so may cause engine damage.

CRUISE CONTROL


Black plate (255,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSD0833

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light willilluminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET/COAST

switch and release it. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain theset speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

a) Push the CANCEL switch.

b) Tap the brake pedal.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE lightwill turn off.

. If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch and reset at the cruisingspeed, the cruise control will disengage.Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turnit on again.

. The cruise control will automatically cancel ifthe vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position (Automatic Transmission

models) or depress the clutch pedal (Man-ual Transmission models), the cruise controlwill be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATEswitch. When the vehicle attains the desiredspeed, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will increase by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COASTswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).


Black plate (256,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH(40 km/h).

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommenda-tions may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated at the correctpressure. Improper tire pressure will in-crease wear and waste fuel.

. Make sure the front wheels are properlyaligned. Improper alignment will cause pre-mature tire wear and lower fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Black plate (257,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-

dents.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake beapplied and the transmission placedinto P (Park) for Automatic Trans-mission (AT) model or in an appro-priate gear for Manual Transmission(MT) model. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly or roll away and result in anaccident.

. Make sure the automatic transmis-sion selector lever has been pushedas far forward as it can go and

cannot be moved without depres-sing the foot brake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) gear.When parking on an uphill grade, place theshift lever in the 1st gear.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

. HEADED DOWNHILLWITH CURB:*1Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Black plate (258,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from thecenter of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowly andfirmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel aslight pulsation. This is normal and indicates thatthe Brake Assist System is operating.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


Black plate (259,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

stopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking force than aconventional brake booster even with light pedalforce.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping

BRAKE ASSIST


Black plate (260,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

distances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on theTire and Loading Informationlabel. See “TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL” in the “9.Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-your-self” section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at each

wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer sensesa malfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on the

instrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h).

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.


Black plate (261,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving situa-tions, the system will control braking and engineoutput to help keep the vehicle on its steeredpath.

. When the VDC system is operating, theindicator in the instrument panel blinks.

. If the indicator blinks, the road condi-tions may be slippery. Be sure to adjust yourspeed and driving to these conditions. Besure to drive carefully. (See “Slip indicatorlight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

. Indicator light

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights illuminate in

the instrument panel. As long as theseindicators are illuminated, the VDC systemfunction is canceled.

The VDC system uses an Active Brake LimitedSlip (ABLS) function to improve vehicle traction.The ABLS system works when one of the drivingwheels is spinning on a slippery surface. TheABLS system brakes the spinning wheel, whichdistributes the driving power to the other drivewheel. If the vehicle is operated with the VDC

OFF switch pushed and the VDC system turnedoff, all VDC systems will be turned off. TheABLS system and ABS will still operate with theVDC system off. If the ABLS system is activated,the indicator will blink and you may hear aclunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indication of amalfunction.

While the VDC system is operating, you may feela pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noiseor feel a vibration from under the hood. This isnormal and indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

The VDC system computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the system eachtime you start the engine and move the vehicle ata low speed forward or backward. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpimprove driving stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds ordue to careless or dangerous driv-ing techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially careful

when driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

. If engine related parts such asmuffler are not standard equipmentor are extremely deteriorated, the

indicator or indicator orboth indicator lights may illuminate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars and bushings arenot NISSAN approved or are extre-mely deteriorated the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the indicatoror indicator or both indicatorlights may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notstandard equipment or are extre-mely deteriorated, the indicatoror indicator or both indicatorlights may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may not

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


Black plate (262,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

operate properly and the in-dicator or indicator or bothindicator lights may illuminate. Donot drive on these types of roads.

. When driving on unstable surfacessuch as a turntable, ferry, elevatoror ramp, the indicator orindicator or both indicator lightsmay illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than thoserecommended are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properlyand indicator or indicatoror both indicator lights may illumi-nate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

SSD0876

PERFORMANCE DAMPERS (NISMOmodels)


Black plate (263,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

1. Front performance damper

2. Rear performance damper

The performance dampers are installed in thefront and rear parts of the NISMO models forimproved handling and ride.

WARNING

. High-pressure nitrogen gas issealed inside the performance dam-pers. Do not attempt to modify ordisassemble them.

. For disposal of the performancedampers or when scrapping thevehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer.Never burn or puncture the perfor-mance dampers. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause serious per-sonal injury.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the Intelligent Key system.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec-tion. For additional information, see “ENGINECOOLING SYSTEM” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “BATTERY” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includingthe engine block. Refill before operating thevehicle. For details, see “ENGINE COOLINGSYSTEM” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “TIRECHAINS” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Black plate (264,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.


Black plate (265,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Black plate (266,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (19,1)

6 In case of emergency

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Towing recommended by NISSAN(except for NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Towing recommended by NISSAN(NISMO models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Black plate (268,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated.If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warn youof it by the low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Formore details, see “WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section and “TIREPRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.



. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position (Automatic transmissionmodels). Move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) gear (Manual transmission mod-els).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the manual

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Black plate (269,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

transmission is shifted into R (Re-verse), or the automatic transmis-sion into P (Park).

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks *1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

SCE0789

Getting the spare tire and toolsRaise the cargo room carpet and floor cover.

Remove jacking tools *A located inside thecargo room as illustrated. Remove the cap *Bholding the spare tire.

In case of emergency 6-3

Black plate (270,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicles withlimited slip differentials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay in

the vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0790Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.


Black plate (271,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. To lift the vehicle, securely holdthe jack lever and rod with both hands asshown above. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

SCE0661

Installing the spare tireThe T-type spare tire is designed foremergency use. (See specific instructionsunder the heading “WHEELS AND TIRES”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

Models equipped with different sizedtires in the front and rear:

When replacing a front tire, make sure thatthe hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned


Black plate (272,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

with the pin on the brake rotor.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 , *4 , *5 ) untilthey are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts be tigh-tened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the cargoroom floor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the rear hatch.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.


Black plate (273,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eye

protectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

JUMP STARTING


Black plate (274,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SCE0791

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*A , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selector leverto the P (Park) position (Automatic transmis-

sion models). Move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position (Manual transmissionmodels). Switch off all unnecessary elec-trical systems (light, heater, air conditioner,etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth *C to reduceexplosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

If the battery is disconnected or dis-charged, the steering wheel will lockand cannot be turned. Supply power

using jumper cables before pushingthe ignition switch and disengagingthe steering lock.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (as illustrated) — not to thebattery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Aand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle being jump started*B .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, push theignition switch to the OFF positionand wait 10 seconds before tryingagain.


Black plate (275,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ? *1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover on.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic transmission modelscannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

. Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towvehicle.

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position (Automatictransmission models). Move the shift lever tothe N (Neutral) position (Manual transmis-sion models).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditioner

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Black plate (276,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

temperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climbinga long hill on a hot day, run the engine at afast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until thetemperature gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.The radiator hoses and radiator should notleak water. If coolant is leaking or the coolingfan does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contact

with, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle repairedat the nearest NISSAN dealer.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-lies must be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Black plate (277,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “FLAT TOW-ING” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

SCE0792

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN (except for NISMO models)

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground or four wheels on theground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission. If

it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the rearwheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive mod-els with the front wheels on theground or on towing dollies: Pushthe ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by select-ing the LOCK position. This maydamage the steering lock mechan-


Black plate (278,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 31

ism.

. If you have to tow manual transmis-sion models with the rear wheels onthe ground (if you do not use towingdollies) or four wheels on theground:

— Push the ignition switch to theON position and turn off allaccessories.

— Always release the parkingbrake.

— Move the transmission shift le-ver to the N (Neutral) position.

— Observe the following restrictedtowing speeds and distances formanual transmission modelsonly:

. Rear wheels on the ground:Speed: Below 50 MPH (80km/h)Distance: Less than 50 miles(80 km)

. Four wheels on the ground:Speed: Below 70 MPH (112km/h)Distance: Less than 500 miles(800 km)

— If the speed or distance mustnecessarily be greater, remove

the propeller shaft before tow-ing to prevent damage to thetransmission.


Black plate (279,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SCE0836

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN (NISMO models)

CAUTION

Do not tow NISMO models with anywheel on the ground, or with the frontor rear wheels raised, because this maycause damage to the front bumper withan aerodynamic splitter, rear bumperwith an aerodynamic diffuser or ex-haust pipes.

NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicleon a flatbed truck as illustrated.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the recoverydevice.


Black plate (280,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SCE0793

1. Access the mounting hole for the recoveryhook.

Except for NISMO models: To remove thecover *A , first unhook the claws *1 usinga suitable tool wrapped in a cloth, and thenpull the lower side of the cover *2 .

For NISMO models: When the front licenseplate and bracket are installed, temporarilyremove them. (See “INSTALLING FRONTLICENSE PLATE” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for the in-stallation procedures.) A screwdriver issupplied with the jacking tools for removal.

2. Securely install the vehicle recovery hook*3(stored with jacking tools) as illustrated.Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook.

Do not use the tie down hooks*4 for towing orvehicle recovery.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured inthe original place after use.

Replace the recovery hook cover (except forNISMO models) or the front license plate (forNISMO models).

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the vehicle recoveryhooks or main structural membersof the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downs tofree a vehicle stuck in sand, snow,mud, etc.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-cle tie downs or recovery hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

. Shift back and forth between R (reverse)and D (drive) (automatic transmission


Black plate (281,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

models) or 1st (low) and R (reverse)(manual transmission models).

. Apply the accelerator as little as possi-ble to maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D (automatictransmission models) or 1st and R(manual transmission models).

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.


Black plate (282,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (22,1)

7 Appearance and care

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Black plate (284,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Make sure that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Black plate (285,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SAI0046

NISMO models

CAUTION

Do not use an automatic car wash forNISMO models. The rear spoiler may bedamaged.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the

proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

WHEELS

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Appearance and care 7-3

Black plate (286,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby NISSAN.

CLEANING INTERIOR


Black plate (287,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

FLOOR MATS

The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior. No matter what mats areused, be sure they are fitted for yourvehicle and are properly positioned in thefootwell to prevent interference with pedaloperation. Mats should be maintained withregular cleaning and replaced if they becomeexcessively worn. SAI0044

Floor mat positioning aidThis model includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The front floor mats havegrommet holes in them. To install, simplyposition the mat by placing the floor mat bracketthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the floor pan contour.Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint system”section.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.


Black plate (288,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION


Black plate (289,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (290,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (25,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

VQ37VHR engine model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Automatic transmission fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

Black plate (292,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance care. You are a vital link in themaintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up to date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS”later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Black plate (293,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires cannot be rotated becauseyour vehicle is equipped with different sized tiresin the front and rear.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side while driving ona straight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in theNISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selector lever inthe P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusterand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Black plate (294,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake and clutch fluid levels*: Make surethat the brake and clutch fluid levels arebetween the MAX and MIN lines on thereservoirs.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level spot and turning off theengine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “CLEANINGEXTERIOR” in the “7. Appearance and care”section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.


Black plate (295,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. For man-ual transmission models, move theshift lever to N (Neutral). For auto-matic transmission models, movethe selector lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related componentharnesses disconnected while theignition switch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the engine

running, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative battery

cable before working near the fan.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can damagethe environment. Always conform tolocal regulations for disposal ofvehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete or

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Black plate (296,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

improper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, we recommend thatit be done by a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (297,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SSI0510

VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Radiator filler cap

4. Engine oil dipstick

5. Engine oil filler cap

6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Clutch fluid reservoir (Manual Transmission mod-els)

8. Power steering fluid reservoir

9. Window washer fluid reservoir

10 Air cleaner

11. Drive belts

12. Engine coolant reservoir

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Black plate (298,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The antifreeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Wait until theengine and radiator cool down.Serious burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. See precautions in “IFYOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS” in the“6. In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green) orequivalent with the proper mixture ratioof 50% antifreeze and 50% deminera-

lized or distilled water. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may damagethe engine cooling system.

Outsidetemperaturedown to Antifreeze

Demineralizedwater or dis-tilled water

8C 8F

−35 −30 50% 50%

SDI2043

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowMIN *2 , open the reservoir tank cap and addcoolant up to the MAX *1 level. If the reservoirtank is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level *1 .

Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolantfrequently, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Black plate (299,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

SDI2348

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

. Place the safety jack stands under the

ENGINE OIL


Black plate (300,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

vehicle jack-up points.

. A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clip at thecenter point of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts that holdthe undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

SDI2335

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug *1 with a wrenchand completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engineoil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter *2 with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubbergasket remaining on the mounting sur-face of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)


Black plate (301,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil temperatureand drain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstick todetermine the proper amount of oil in theengine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into position as

the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clip through the undercoverinto the hole in the frame, then push thecenter of the clip in to lock the clip in

place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic SATF. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine NISSAN Matic SATF will cause deterioration in dri-veability and automatic transmis-sion durability, and may damagethe automatic transmission, whichis not covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID


Black plate (302,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOTrange (*1 : HOT MAX., *2 : HOT MIN.) at fluidtemperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) orusing the COLD range (*3 : COLD MAX., *4 :COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F(0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF orequivalent.

For further brake and clutch fluid information,see “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakeand clutch system.

. Be sure to clean the filler cap beforeremoving.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, wash the surface withwater.

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID


Black plate (303,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2025A

BRAKE FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *1 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *2 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

SDI1906A

CLUTCH FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluidlevel is below the MIN line *1 , add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line *2 .If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2349

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwindow washer fluid warning light comes on.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap off the reservoir tank and pour the windowwasher fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Black plate (304,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrate

and water. . Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof front doors. The automatic windowadjusting function will not work, andthe side roof panel may be damaged.

To disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal,perform the procedure in the following order.Otherwise, the window and the side roof panelmay contact and be damaged.

1. Close the windows.

2. Open the hood.

3. Close and lock all the doors.

4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal.

5. Securely close the hood.

To connect the negative (−) battery terminal,

BATTERY


Black plate (305,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

perform the procedure in the following order.Otherwise, the window and the side roof panelmay contact and be damaged.

1. Unlock and open the driver side door. Donot close the door.

2. Open the hood.

3. Connect the negative (−) battery terminal.Then close the hood.

4. Fully open the driver side door window.

5. Close the driver side door and the window.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Low

battery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren. DI0137MF

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs *3 .


Black plate (306,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI1480E

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *A indicatesOK and the conditions *B needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *3 .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “JUMPSTARTING” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2119VQ37VHR engine

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unex-pectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or loose, have it

DRIVE BELTS


Black plate (307,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype spark plugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance schedule in “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”, but do notreuse them by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS


Black plate (308,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2350

Remove the retainers *1 as illustrated and pullout the filter element *2 .

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenanceintervals. See “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide” for maintenance intervals. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air

cleaner housing and the cover with a dampcloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damage thewindshield and impair driver vision.

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Black plate (309,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2359

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab*A , and then move thewiper blade down the wiper arm *1 whilepushing the release tab to remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition;

otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

SDI2362

If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the washer nozzle *A . Thismay cause clogging or improper windshieldwasher operation. If wax gets into the nozzle,remove it with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.


Black plate (310,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake padthe sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does not

affect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide” for mainte-nance intervals.

SDI1479A

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position and the headlightswitch is turned to OFF.

BRAKES FUSES


Black plate (311,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery and the fuse/fusible linkholder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse *B . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.


Black plate (312,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2361

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position and the headlightswitch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller *A .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer. SDI2135

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT


Black plate (313,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2032 or equivalent

. Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

SDI1889

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts*1 , and then push them together until it issecurely closed *2 .

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class Bdigital device pursuant to part 15 of theFCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection againstharmful interference in a residential in-stallation. This equipment generates, uses

and can radiate radio frequency energyand, if not installed and used in accor-dance with the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio communica-tions. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particularinstallation. If this equipment does causeharmful interference to radio or televisionreception, which can be determined byturning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the inter-ference by one or more of the followingmeasures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver.

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.


Black plate (314,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2351

1. Headlight (high- and low-beam)

2. Map light

3. Front park light

4. Front side marker light

5. Front turn signal light

6. Side turn signal light

7. High-mounted stop light

8. Cargo room light

9. Rear combination light (rear turn signal/tail/stop/side marker/back-up light)

10. License plate light

11. Rear fog light (if so equipped)

LIGHTS


Black plate (315,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

HEADLIGHTS

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing

Xenon headlight bulb:

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer. For additional information, see“HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High/Low beams (Xenon) 35 D2S

Front turn signal light* 28/8 7444NA

Front park light* 5 W5W

Front side marker light* LED —

Side turn signal light* LED —

Rear combination light*

back-up 16 W16W

turn signal 21 WY21W

stop/tail/side marker LED —

Rear fog light (if so equipped)* 21 T20

License plate light* 5 T10

Map light 8 —

Vanity mirror light 2 —

Cargo room light* 3.4 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.


Black plate (316,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2352Map light

SDI1839Vanity mirror light


Black plate (317,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If you have a flat tire, see “FLAT TIRE” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire

and Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. The vehicleweight capacity is indicated onthe Tire and Loading Informa-

tion label. Do not load yourvehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle mayresult in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due to pre-mature tire failure, or unfavor-able handling characteristicsand could also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also re-sult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it isequipped with high speed ratedtires. Driving faster than 85 MPH(137 km/h) may result in tirefailure, loss of control and pos-sible injury.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or

WHEELS AND TIRES


Black plate (318,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.


Black plate (319,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI2340

Tire and Loading Information label

*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “VEHICLELOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.Technical and consumer information”section.

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “TIRE LABELING”later in this section.

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)


Black plate (320,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from the

tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Except for NISMO models:

SIZE

COLD TIREINFLATION

PRES-SURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

225/50R1895W

240 kPa,35 PSI

245/40R1994W

240 kPa,35 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

245/45R1896W

240 kPa,35 PSI

275/35R1996W

240 kPa,35 PSI

SPARETIRE

T145/80-D17

420 kPa,60 PSI

T145/70-R18

420 kPa,60 PSI


Black plate (321,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

NISMO models:

SIZE

COLD TIREINFLATION

PRES-SURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

245/40R1998Y

240 kPa,35 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

285/35R1999Y

240 kPa,35 PSI

SPARETIRE

T145/70R18420 kPa,60 PSI

SDI1575Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.


Black plate (322,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

SDI1607Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the same


Black plate (323,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

load rating as the factory installedtire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies all season tires on some

models to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.


Black plate (324,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be in-stalled on 19-inch size tires. Doing sowill cause damage to the vehicle. If youplan to use tire chains/cables, youshould install 18-inch size tires on yourvehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before instal-ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.

Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains aredesigned to meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and the closestvehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage to thefenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fullyloading your vehicle when using tire chains. Inaddition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withtire chains in such conditions can cause damageto the various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationTires cannot be rotated because yourvehicle is equipped with different sizedtires in the front and rear.

A pin is on the front brake rotor to preventthe rear wheels from being installed inplace of the front wheels. The spare tirecan be installed in place of the front andrear wheels. When installing the spare tirein the front wheel, the hole in the spare tirewheel must be aligned with the pin on thebrake rotor.

WARNING

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.


Black plate (325,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator

2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When

wear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “SPECIFICA-TIONS” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section ofthis manual for wheel off-set dimen-sions.


Black plate (326,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30



. Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could havestructural damage and could failwithout warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in theNISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “CLEANING EXTERIOR” in the “7. Ap-pearance and care” section for details aboutcare of the wheels.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY (T-type) spare tire)Observe the following precautions if the T-typespare tire must be used, otherwise your vehiclecould be damaged or involved in an accident.

WARNING

. The T-type spare tire should be usedfor emergency use. It should bereplaced with the standard tire at

the first opportunity to avoid possi-ble tire or differential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar). Always keep the pressureof the full size spare tire (if soequipped) at the recommendedpressure for standard tires, as in-dicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. For Tire andLoading Information label location,see “Tire and Loading Informationlabel” in the index of this manual.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe front wheels and original tireused on the rear wheels (drive


Black plate (327,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

wheels). Use tire chains only on thetwo rear original tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance isreduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.


Black plate (328,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (28,1)

9 Technical and consumer information

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . . . . 9-9Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Except for nismo models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12For nismo models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Removing air deflectors(except for NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Loading tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test(US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-23

In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Black plate (330,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 19 gal 15-4/5 gal 71.9 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1

Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt 4.9 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2, *3. Viscosity SAE 5W-30*2, *3Without oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6

Cooling system

Automatic transmission modelWith reservoir 9 qt 7-1/2 qt 8.5

50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent50% Demineralized or distilled water

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Manual transmission modelWith reservoir 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF*4

Manual transmission gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF)HQ Multi 75W-85 or API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85 or 75W-90

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5Viscosity SAE 80W-90*7

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*9

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*8

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze orequivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil, which is available at a NISSAN dealer.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic

transmission, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.*5: Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer.*6: For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*8: For additional information, see “VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.*9: DEXRONTMVI type ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Black plate (331,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VQ37VHR engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKInumber (Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under the followingprecautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premiumgasoline is recommended.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because

this will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN vehicle limited warranty.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission system andvehicle performance. Ask your service stationmanager if the gasoline meets the World-WideFuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.

NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSAN

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Black plate (332,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems such asengine stalling or hard hot starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, im-mediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or afuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuel injectorcleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to engine damage.If you detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, have a NISSAN dealercorrect the condition. Failure to correctthe condition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn may causeexcessive fuel consumption or damage to theengine. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


Black plate (333,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0505

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” earlier in this section. NISSANrecommends the use of an energy conserving oilin order to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantthat the engine oil viscosity be selected basedon the temperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-qualitygenuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, usethe genuine oil filter or its equivalent for thereason described in change intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than thespecified quality, or oil and filter change intervalslonger than recommended could reduce enginelife. Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and filterquality and/or viscosity is not covered by thenew NISSAN vehicle limited warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle. Operation underthe following conditions may require more


Black plate (334,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

. driving in dusty conditions,

. extensive idling,

. stop and go “rush hour” traffic,

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN UV Luminous Oil TypeS or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant will cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and willrequire the replacement of all air con-ditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozone

layer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. Your NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.


Black plate (335,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

ENGINE

Model VQ37VHR

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.760 6 3.385 (95.5 6 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 225.54 (3,696)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE24HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0425VQ37VHR engine

SPECIFICATIONS


Black plate (336,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional

Front: 18 6 8J 1.69 (43)

Rear: 18 6 9J 0.59 (15)

Front: 19 6 9J 1.85 (47)

Rear: 19 6 10J 1.18 (30)

NISMO models Front: 19 6 9.5J 1.57 (40)

Rear: 19 6 10.5J 0.90 (23)

Spare17 6 4T 1.18 (30)

18 6 4T 0 (0)

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

Front: 225/50R1835 (240)

Rear: 245/45R18

Front: 245/40R1935 (240)

Rear: 275/35R19

NISMO models Front: 245/40R1935 (240)

Rear: 285/35R19

Spare (T-type)T145/80D17

60 (420)T145/70R18

DIMENSIONS

in (mm)

Overall length 167.2 (4,246)*1167.4 (4,253)*2173.4 (4,405)*1, *3173.5 (4,407)*2, *3

Overall width 72.6 (1,845)

Overall height 51.8 (1,315)

Front tread 61.0 (1,550)*460.6 (1,540)*561.2 (1,555)*5, *3

Rear tread 62.8 (1,595)*461.6 (1,565)*562.2 (1,580)*5, *3

Wheelbase 100.4 (2,550)

*1: Without front license plate bracket

*2: With front license plate bracket

*3: NISMO models

*4: 18-inch wheel models

*5: 19-inch wheel models


Black plate (337,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available is suitablefor your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

STI0612

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

STI0613

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown in the enginecompartment.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Black plate (338,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0509

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0616

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

STI0615

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.


Black plate (339,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0614

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asillustrated.

STI0617

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached as shown.


Black plate (340,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0618

EXCEPT FOR NISMO MODELS

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground. Locatethe two dents *A on the front bumper.

Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39 in(10 mm) drill bit. (Be sure that the drillonly goes through the bumper fascia.)

2. Insert grommets into the hole on the bumperfascia.

3. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 908 turn onto the part*B .

4. Make sure the side end surface of thelicense plate bracket is aligned with thebumper *C .

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Black plate (341,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0629

Mark the center of the hole *D on bothsides with a felt-tip pen. Remove the bracketfrom the bumper, and then open 0.9 to 1.0inch (22 to 25 mm) diameter holes on thebumper using the marks *D as a center.

5. Insert J-nuts into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

6. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

7. Install the license plate with bolts that are nolonger than 0.55 in (14 mm).


Black plate (342,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0650

FOR NISMO MODELS

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 4

. Screw grommet 6 4

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning points*A of the front bumperfascia with holes *B in the license platebracket.

3. Confirm that points*A and*B are aligned.Hold the license plate bracket and mark thepoints *C on the bumper facia through thecenter of the holes *D with a felt-tip pen.

4. Remove the license plate bracket.

5. Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes *Aand *C using a 0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit atthe marked locations. (Be sure that thedrill only goes through the fascia.)

6. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

7. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the9-14 Technical and consumer information

Black plate (343,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

grommet hole to add a 908 turn onto the part*E .

8. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

9. Install the license plate bracket with thescrews.

10. Install the license plate with bolts that arenot longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

When the recovery hook is used, you need totemporarily remove the front license plate andbracket from the vehicle. (See “VEHICLERECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)” in the“6. In case of emergency” section for furtherdetails.)

STI0623Left side

This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors infront of the front wheels. The deflectors willchange the air flow to help improve aerodynamicperformance.

When transporting your vehicle on a trailer, theair deflectors may interfere with a steep slope toa trailer bed. In this case, remove the deflectorsfrom the undercover of the vehicle.

1. Loosen three screws as shown and removethe left-side air deflector *A .

2. Tighten the removed screw *B in itsoriginal position.

3. Perform the same procedure to remove theright-side air deflector.

4. Store the two air deflectors and four screwsto reinstall in the reverse order.

5. When reinstalling, make sure all six screwsare firmly tightened on both air deflectors.

REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS(except for NISMO models)


Black plate (344,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passengersand cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofoptional equipment, passengers and

cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle isused to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is located

on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the weight of total occupantsweight subtracted from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


Black plate (345,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

STI0365

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct load limit1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs or640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS”later in this section.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.


Black plate (346,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

LOADING TIPS

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shift-ing. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured car-go could cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your vehicleand the tires, but also could lead

to hazardous vehicle handlingand long braking distance. Thismay cause a premature tiremalfunction, which could resultin a serious accident and perso-nal injury. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered bythe vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weight ratingsare exceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

TOWING A TRAILER


Black plate (347,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic trans-mission vehicle with all four wheelson the ground (flat towing). Doingso WILL DAMAGE internal transmis-sion parts due to lack of transmis-sion lubrication.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “TOWING RECOMMENDEDBY NISSAN (except for NISMOmodels)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST

be placed under the towed vehicle’s drivewheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’srecommendations when using their product.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

. Always tow with the manual transmission inNeutral.

. Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70MPH (112 km/h) when flat towing yourvehicle.

. After towing 500 miles, start and idle theengine with the transmission in Neutral fortwo minutes. Failure to idle the engine afterevery 500 miles of towing may causedamage to the transmission’s internal parts.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (11/2) times as well on the government course asa tire graded 100. The relative performance oftires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Black plate (348,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive

loading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN. If youdid not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it is lost, you may obtain a replacement bywriting to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


Black plate (349,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington DC 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motor vehi-cle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.

Due to legal requirements in some states/ areas,your vehicle may be required to be in what iscalled the “ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission controlsystem.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Push theignition switch to the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “not ready”condition, drive the vehicle through the followingpattern to set the vehicle to the “ready condi-tion”. If you cannot or do not want to perform thedriving pattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct itfor you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (normaloperating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least 9minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (USonly)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)


Black plate (350,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the automatictransmission selector lever in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position or the manualtransmission shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.

This vehicle is equipped with an EventData Recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

. Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fas-tened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur. NOTE:EDR data are recorded by your vehicle onlyif a nontrivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and no personal

data (e.g. name, gender, age and crashlocation) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinely ac-quired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


Black plate (351,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrationsand step-by-step diagnostic and adjustmentprocedures, this manual is the same one usedby the factory trained technicians working at aNISSAN dealer. Also available are genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, and genuineNISSAN Service and Owner’s Manuals for olderNISSAN models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

1-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for this model yearand prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact a NISSAN dealer. For the phone number

and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area callthe NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative willassist you.

Also available are genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know. Many insurance compa-nies routinely authorize the use of non-genuinecollision parts in order to cut costs, among otherreasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine NISSANCollision Parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to NISSAN’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution is simple.Tell your insurance agent and your repairshop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warrantyapply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit

unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses atthe end of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built in safeguards. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


Black plate (352,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

MEMO


Black plate (1,1)

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Air bag system

Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . 1-32Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38, 2-12Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Air conditioner service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23, 9-6In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Air deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Alarm, How to stop alarm(see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . . . 2-9Appearance care

Exterior appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

AutochangerCompact Disc (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Automatic

Air conditioner (Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Air conditioner (Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Automatic adjusting function(front windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Driving with automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Belts (See drive belts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Brightness control

And display ON/OFF button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

C

Cabin air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Cargo room light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2CD/CF care and cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Center multi-function control panel(models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Chimes

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Seat belt warning light and chime. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 2-22Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (2,1)

10-2

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Command (See Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59, 4-73Command (See INFINITI voice recognitionsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10, 4-87Compact Disc (CD) changer(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Compact Disc (CD) player(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42, 4-32Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36CompactFlash (CF) player(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Cover, Cargo cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

D

Dampers, Performance dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Daytime running light system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Defroster switch, Rear window defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Display cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Driving

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Driving with automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Driving with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2

E

Economy, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-5Engine oil replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Engine oil temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine start operation indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Engine start operation indicator(Manual Transmission models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . 9-10Filter

Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . 2-32Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD) player(models without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD)changer (models without navigation system) . . . . 4-36FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . 4-40Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . 1-32Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (3,1)

Fuel economy information (display). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Fuel octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

H

Hands-free phone systemBluetooth® (with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . 4-58Bluetooth® (without navigation system) . . . . . . 4-68

Hatch, Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Headlights

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Heater

Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Heater and air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . 4-17

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Hood release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33How to use multi-function controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3How to use touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

I

Ignition switch(Push-button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Automatic transmission models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Manual transmission models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12INFO button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Instrument pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Intelligent Key system warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

K

Keyless entry(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . 9-10Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-29, 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . 9-12Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

10-3

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (4,1)

10-4

Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . 8-25Loading information(See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Lock

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Low tire pressure warning system (See tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

M

MaintenanceBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-2Indicators for maintenance (dot matrix) . . . . . . 2-18Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Maintenance information (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Master warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

MeterTrip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

MirrorInside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Music box hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Music box hard-disk drive(models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

N

New vehicle break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25NISSAN voice recognition system(models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

O

Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Oil filter replacement indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Operation, Indicators for operation(dot matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Overheat, If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

P

Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Parking

Brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Performance dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Phone

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

PowerFront seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

PrecautionsAudio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25When starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 31

Black plate (5,1)

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7“PUSH” warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

R

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23, 4-56Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Rear hatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Rear hatch opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Rear hatch opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Rear parcel box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Recorders, Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Registering your vehicle in another country. . . . . . . . 9-9Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

S

SafetyChild seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Satellite radio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36, 4-41Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Seat belt warning light and chime. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36Shoulder belt arm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Seat(s)Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Secondary rear hatch release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Security system, Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . 2-24Security system(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Selector lever, Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23SETTING button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11SHIFT “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Shift lock release

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Shifting

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Shoulder belt arm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Small light indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

StartingBefore starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

STATUS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Steering

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Steering lock release malfunction indicator . . 2-15Steering-wheel-mounted controls foraudio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . 1-38, 2-12Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

SwitchAutolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Ignition switch manual transmission models . 5-15Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-34

SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

10-5

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (6,1)

10-6

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tilt steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light . . . 2-10Tire replacement indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

TiresFlat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-29, 9-11Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Top tether strap child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Towing

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Transceiver, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Driving with automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Driving with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Transmission selector lever lock release . . . . . 5-15

Transmitter (See remote keyless entrysystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Triple meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

U

Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Upshift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Vehicle

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Information and settings(models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-34Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . . . . 5-27

Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Voice command (See Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59, 4-73Voice command (See INFINITI voicerecognition system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10, 4-87Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Warning light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38, 2-12Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Intelligent Key system warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Seat belt warning light and chime. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Warnings and alerts(vehicle information display). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Warranty, Emission control system warranty. . . . . 9-20Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washerswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (7,1)

Care of wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Window(s)

Automatic adjusting function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-26Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

X

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

10-7

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

Black plate (2,1)

Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

VQ37VHR engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKInumber (Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under the followingprecautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premiumgasoline is recommended.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this

will damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN vehicle limited warranty.

For additional information, see “CAPACITIESAND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for engine oil andoil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “WHEELS ANDTIRES” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this Owner’sManual. Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Automotive

2009 370-z OWNER'S MANUAL